这是用户在 2025-8-6 14:54 为 https://app.immersivetranslate.com/word/ 保存的双语快照页面,由 沉浸式翻译 提供双语支持。了解如何保存?

United Nations
联合国

ECE/TRANS/WP.29/2025/7

Economic and Social Council
经济及社会理事会

Distr.: General
方向:一般

17 December 2024
17 十二月 2024

Original: English
原文:英文

Economic Commission for Europe
欧洲经济委员会

Inland Transport Committee
内陆运输委员会

World Forum for Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations
世界车辆法规协调论坛

195th session
19 第五届会议

Geneva, 47 March 2025
202 年 3 月 4 日至 7,日内瓦 5

Item 4.7.2 of the provisional agenda
项目 4.7. 临时议程第 2

1958 Agreement:
1958 年协议:

Consideration of draft amendments to existing
审议对现有修正案草案

UN Regulations submitted by GRVA
GRVA 提交的联合国法规

Proposal for the new 01 series of amendments to
关于新的 01 系列修正案 的提案

UN Regulation No. 171 (Driver Control Assistance Systems)
联合国第 171 号法规(驾驶员控制辅助系统)

Submitted by the Working Party on Automated/Autonomous and Connected Vehicles1*
自动驾驶/自动驾驶和联网汽车工作组提交 1*

The text reproduced below was adopted by the Submitted by the Working Party on Automated/Autonomous and Connected Vehicles (GRVA) at its twentieth session (ECE/TRANS/WP.29/GRVA/20, para. 67). It is based on ECE/TRANS/WP.29/
自动驾驶/自动驾驶和联网汽车工作组二十届会议提交的案文 ECE/TRANS/WP.29/GRVA/20,第 10 段) 通过了以下案文。 67)。它基于 ECE/TRANS/WP.29/

GRVA/2024/32 as amended by informal document GRVA-20-59/Rev.2. It contains text in square brackets, e.g. in paragraph 16. It is submitted to the World Forum for Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations (WP.29) and to the Administrative Committee (AC.1) for consideration at their March 2025 sessions, subject to reconfirmation by GRVA in January 2025.
GRVA/2024/32,经非正式文件 GR VA-20-59/Rev.2 修订 它包含方括号内的案文,例如第 16 段。 该文件已提交给世界车辆协调法规论坛(WP.29)和行政委员会(AC.1),供其 202 年 3 月 5 届会议审议,并须经 GRVA 于 2025 年 1 月再次确认

  1. *In accordance with the programme of work of the Inland Transport Committee for 2025 as outlined in proposed programme budget for 2025 (A/79/6 (Sect. 20), table 20.6), the World Forum will develop, harmonize and update UN Regulations in order to enhance the performance of vehicles. The present document is submitted in conformity with that mandate.
    * 根据 2025 年拟议方案预算 A/79/6(Sect.20),表 20.6 中概述的内陆运输委员会 2025 年工作方案 ,世界论坛将制定、统一和更新联合国条例,以提高车辆的性能。本文件是根据这项任务提交的。

ECE/TRANS/WP.29/2025/7

UN Regulation No. 171
联合国第 171 号条例

UN Regulation on uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to Driver Control Assistance Systems
联合国关于驾驶员控制辅助系统车辆批准统一规定的条例

Contents
内容

Page

Introduction3
引言 3

1.Scope5
1. 范围 5

2.Definitions5
2. 定义 5

3.Application for approval8
3. 申请批准 8

4.Approval9
4. 批准 9

5.General Specifications9
5. 一般规格 9

6.Additional Specifications for DCAS Features25
6. DCAS 功能 25 的附加规范

7.Monitoring of DCAS operation30
7. DCAS 作监控 30

8.System Validation33
8. 系统验证 33

9.System Information Data33
9. 系统信息数据 33

10.Requirements for Software Identification34
10. 软件识别要求 34

11.Modification of vehicle type and extension of approval35
11. 车辆型号的修改和批准的延期 35

12.Conformity of Production36
12. 生产符合性 36

13.Penalties for non-conformity of production36
13. 对生产不合格的处罚 3 6

14.Production definitively discontinued36
14. 最终停产 36

15.Names and addresses of Technical Services responsible for conducting approval tests and of Type Approval Authorities37
15. 负责进行批准测试的技术服务部门和型式批准机构的名称和地址 37

16.Transitional Provisions37
16. 过渡性条文 37

Annexes
附件

1Communication38
1 沟通 38

2Arrangements of approval marks40
2 批准标志的安排 40

3Special requirements to be applied to the audit/assessment41
3 审计/评估应适用的特殊要求 41

Appendix 1 – Model assessment form for electronic systems, and/or complex electronic systems50
附录 1 – 电子系统和/或复杂电子系统的模型评估表 50

Appendix 2 – System design to be assessed during the audit/assessment52
附录 2 – 在审计/评估期间要评估的系统设计 52

Appendix 3 – Exemplary Classification of the System Detection Capabilities and Relevant System Boundaries55
附录 3 – 系统检测能力和相关系统边界的示例性分类 55

Appendix 4 – Declaration of System Capability56
附录 4 – 系统能力声明 56

4Physical Test Specifications for DCAS Validation60
4 DCAS 验证的物理测试规范 60

5Principles for Credibility Assessment for using Virtual Toolchain in DCAS Validation 79
DCAS 验证中使用虚拟工具链的可信度评估的 5 个原则 79

ECE/TRANS/WP.29/2025/7

Introduction
介绍

1.Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS) have been developed to support drivers and enhance road safety through information support, including warnings in safety-critical situations, and assisting in executing the lateral and/or longitudinal control of the vehicle temporarily or on a sustained basis during normal driving and when avoiding collision and/or mitigating the crash severity in critical situations. ADAS are aimed to assist the drivers, who always remain responsible for vehicle control and shall permanently monitor the environment and vehicle/system performance.
1. 先进驾驶辅助系统(ADAS)的开发旨在通过信息支持为驾驶员提供支持并提高道路安全,包括在安全关键情况下发出警告,并在正常驾驶期间以及在危急情况下避免碰撞和/或减轻碰撞严重程度时协助暂时或持续执行车辆的横向和/或纵向控制。ADAS 旨在协助驾驶员,驾驶员始终负责车辆控制,并应永久监控环境和车辆/系统性能。

2.This UN Regulation addresses the Driver Control Assistance Systems (DCAS), which are a subset of ADAS. DCAS are driver-operated vehicle systems assisting a human driver in performing vehicle dynamic control via sustained lateral and longitudinal motion-control support. DCAS, while active, provide support to the driving tasks, and increase comfort and reduce the drivers’ workload by actively stabilising or manoeuvring the vehicle. DCAS assist the driver, when operated within the system boundaries, but do not completely take over the driving task, thus the responsibility remains with the driver. DCAS support shall not adversely impact road safety and driver control over the vehicle behaviour.
2. 联合国法规涉及驾驶员控制辅助系统 (DCAS),它是 ADAS 的一个子集。DCAS 是驾驶员作的车辆系统,通过持续的横向和纵向运动控制支持帮助人类驾驶员执行车辆动态控制。DCAS主动时为驾驶任务提供支持,并通过主动稳定或纵车辆来提高舒适度并减轻驾驶员的工作量。DCAS 在系统边界内作时协助驾驶员,但不会完全接管驾驶任务,因此责任仍由驾驶员承担。DCAS 支持不应对道路安全和驾驶员对车辆行为的控制产生不利影响。

3.Reflecting on the expansion to the market of different enhanced DCAS, this UN Regulation intends to establish technologically neutral uniform and general provisions concerning the approval of vehicles equipped with DCAS that may function beyond the limitations imposed by the 03 series of amendments to UN Regulation No. 79, and aims to allow the approval of a variety of driver control assistance features, filling an existing regulatory gap. This UN Regulation provides minimum safety requirements for any DCAS.
3. 考虑到不同增强型 DCAS 向市场的扩展,本联合国条例旨在制定技术中立的统一和一般规定,以批准配备 DCAS 的车辆,这些车辆的功能可能超出联合国第 79 号 条例 03 系列修正案所施加的限制 ,旨在允许批准各种驾驶员控制辅助功能,填补现有的监管空白。该 联合国法规为任何 DCAS 提供了最低安全要求。

4.According to the standard SAE J3016 (Taxonomy and Definitions for Terms Related to Driving Automation Systems for On-Road Motor Vehicles), DCAS are treated as “SAE level 2 according to SAE J3016” (partial automation), systems that are only capable of performing parts of the vehicle dynamic control, and thus require a driver to perform the remainder of dynamic control, as well as to supervise the system operation and vehicle environment.1 As such, DCAS, when operated, support — but do not replace — a driver in performing dynamic control. Providing either only longitudinal or only lateral control temporarily degrades DCAS automation level from 2 to 1 (driver assistance).
4. 根据标准 SAE J3016(道路机动车辆驾驶自动化系统相关术语的分类和定义),DCAS 被视为“根据 SAE J2 的 SAE 3016 级 ”(部分自动化),仅能够执行车辆动态控制的一部分,因此需要驾驶员执行其余的动态控制, 以及监督系统运行和车辆环境。1 因此,DCAS 在运行时支持(但不能取代)驱动器执行动态控制。仅提供纵向或仅横向控制会暂时将 DCAS 自动化级别从 2 降低到 1(驾驶员辅助)。

5.While both DCAS and Automated Driving Systems (ADS) of higher automation levels 3 to 5 according to SAE J3016 provide lateral and longitudinal control on a sustained basis, only ADS may permit the driver to disengage from the driving task, as only ADS, by definition, is capable of managing all driving situations reasonably expected within their Operational Design Domain (ODD) without further input from the driver. Instead, DCAS only assist the driver but never replace the driver. As a consequence, there is no transfer in the driver’s responsibility for control of the vehicle.
5. 虽然根据 SAE J3016 的更高自动化级别 3 至 5 的 DCAS 和自动驾驶系统 (ADS) 都持续提供横向和纵向控制,但只有 ADS 可以允许驾驶员脱离驾驶任务,因为根据定义,只有 ADS 能够管理其作设计域 (ODD) 内合理预期的所有驾驶情况,而无需驾驶员进一步输入。相反,DCAS 仅协助驾驶员,但从不更换驾驶员。因此,驾驶员对车辆控制的责任没有转移。

6.The availability of DCAS, and their capability to assist, are constrained by the defined system operational boundaries. While DCAS is able to detect and respond to common scenarios within the use case (DCAS feature), the system may not be capable of recognizing certain environmental conditions, as DCAS are not designed to handle each and every situation, and it is expected that the driver is always in control of the vehicle.
6. DCAS 的可用性及其协助能力受到既定系统作边界的限制。虽然 DCAS 能够检测和响应用例中的常见场景(DCAS 功能),但系统可能无法识别某些环境条件,因为 DCAS 并非旨在处理每种情况,并且预计驾驶员始终处于控制之中。

7.This impact of system boundaries on the system’s ability to fulfil certain requirements, and the nature of how requirements can be assessed, is reflected by the language used in this UN Regulation.
7. 系统边界对系统满足某些要求的能力以及如何评估要求的性质的影响反映在本联合国条例中使用的语言中

(a)Some requirements are expected to be always met, including in all relevant tests. These provisions are phrased as “the system shall…”;
(a) 某些要求应始终得到满足,包括在所有相关测试中。这些规定被表述为“系统应......”;

(b) Some requirements are such that whilst the system is generally expected to fulfil them, this might not always be appropriate or achievable under the specific circumstances, or external disturbances may still lead to a varying output. These provisions are phrased as “the system shall aim to…”; and
(b) 有些要求是,虽然系统通常期望满足这些要求,但在特定情况下,这可能并不总是适当或可实现的,或者外部干扰仍可能导致产出变化。这些规定被表述为“系统应旨在......”;和

(c) Some requirements are difficult to verify by assessing system performance directly and are more readily verified by assessing the design of the system, for example by analysing its control strategies. These provisions are phrased as “the system shall be designed to…”.
(c) 有些要求很难通过直接评估系统性能来核查,而通过评估系统的设计,例如通过分析其控制战略,更容易核查。这些规定被表述为“系统应设计为......”。

8.Depending on the use case, some DCAS may be able to initiate driving manoeuvres. When manoeuvres are initiated by the system, the system shall be designed to follow the national traffic rules. However, when manoeuvres are initiated by the driver, DCAS only assists the driver in operating the vehicle without ensuring compliance with national traffic rules. In either case, the responsibility remains with the driver.
8. 根据用例,某些 DCAS 可能能够启动驾驶作。当系统发起机动时, 系统的设计应遵循国家交通规则。然而,当驾驶员发起纵时,DCAS 仅协助驾驶员作车辆,而没有确保遵守国家交通规则。无论哪种情况,责任都由司机承担。

9.It is recognized that operation in compliance with traffic rules related to driver-confirmed or system-initiated manoeuvres might not be fully achievable due to the complexity and variety of rules across the different countries of operation. The driver‘s continued involvement in the driving task is deemed to compensate for this.
9. 人们认识到,由于不同运营国家的规则复杂性和多样性,可能无法完全实现与驾驶员确认或系统发起的作相关的交通规则的运营。驾驶员继续参与驾驶任务被视为弥补这一点。

10.Overreliance of the driver could pose a potential safety risk. The better the system, the more likely the driver is to trust the system to always function correctly and decrease the driver’s level of supervision over time (even to the point of confusing the system with fully automated driving). Therefore, DCAS shall aim to prevent reasonably foreseeable risks of driver’s misuse or abuse. DCAS shall provide sufficient information to enable the driver to supervise the assistance provided.
10. 过度依赖驾驶员可能会带来潜在的安全风险。系统越好,驾驶员就越有可能相信系统始终正常运行,并随着时间的推移降低驾驶员的监督水平(甚至将系统与全自动驾驶混淆)。因此,DCAS 应旨在防止驾驶员误用或滥用的合理可预见风险。DCAS 应提供足够的信息,使驾驶员能够监督所提供的帮助

11.DCAS shall be designed to avoid drivers undertaking activities other than driving over and above those permitted for manual driving before this UN Regulation enters into force as DCAS require the driver to remain engaged with the driving task. Therefore, DCAS shall have means to evaluate continuous driver involvement in and supervision of the vehicle operation. DCAS will monitor the driver engagement (ensuring hands-on wheel or eyes-on road or even both), evaluate the driver’s involvement and respond to a lack of the driver’s engagement appropriately by giving distinct warnings to the driver. It will further bring the vehicle to a complete stop, if the driver had not responded to the system’s warnings and had not taken necessary control actions. DCAS will monitor for signs of driver disengagement utilizing a driver monitoring system. However, while this system monitors for physical signs of disengagement, it is currently not capable of directly assessing cognitive disengagement.
11.DCAS 的设计应避免驾驶员在本联合国条例生效之前进行超出手动驾驶允许范围的驾驶以外的活动 ,因为 DCAS 要求驾驶员继续从事驾驶任务。因此,DCAS 应有手段来评估驾驶员对车辆运行的持续参与和监督。DCAS 将监控驾驶员的参与度(确保手动驾驶或注视道路,甚至两者兼而有之),评估驾驶员的参与情况,并通过向驾驶员发出明确的警告来适当应对驾驶员缺乏参与的情况。如果驾驶员没有响应系统的警告并且没有采取必要的控制措施,它将进一步使车辆完全停止。DCAS 将利用驾驶员监控系统监控驾驶员脱离的迹象。然而,虽然该系统监测脱离的身体迹象,但它目前无法直接评估认知脱离。

12.This UN Regulation includes general functional requirements regarding the system safety at normal operation and the failsafe response in the case of the system failure or an inability of the driver to confirm the involvement in the vehicle control. The regulatory provisions cover DCAS interaction with other vehicle assistance systems, description of the system boundary conditions and the system behaviour when the system boundaries have been detected to be reached, controllability and the system dynamic control assistance for different DCAS use cases (features). DCAS and driver interactions are regulated, including Human-Machine Interface (HMI) in two directions: driver operation of the system and the system assurance of the driver’s engagement. This UN Regulation establishes requirements for the specific DCAS features.
12. 联合国条例包括有关正常运行时的系统安全以及系统故障或驾驶员无法确认参与车辆控制时的故障安全响应的一般功能要求。规管条文涵盖 DCAS 与其他车辆辅助系统的互动、系统边界条件的描述,以及检测到系统边界时的系统行为、可控性以及针对不同 DCAS 用例(功能)的系统动态控制辅助。DCAS 和驾驶员交互受到监管,包括两个方向的人机界面 (HMI):驾驶员对系统的作和驾驶员参与的系统保证。该联合国法规规定了特定 DCAS 功能的要求。

13.This UN Regulation establishes more generic compliance assessment methods compared to those in the 03 series of amendments to UN Regulation No. 79 (where specific requirements are developed for each use case). The manufacturer is required to declare an outline of the system design, which helps informing the Type Approval Authority of the necessary assessment and verification activities that need to take place. The multi-pillar assessment techniques compensate uncertainties related to DCAS operational cases that are not directly assessed and thus cover the assessment of DCAS multiple operational cases. The validation of DCAS shall ensure that a thorough assessment, considering the functional and operational safety of the features integrated in DCAS and the entire DCAS integrated into a vehicle, has been performed by the manufacturer during the design and development processes. The assessment pillars include the validation of DCAS safety aspects through the enhanced audit of the manufacturer documentation, physical tests on the test track and public roads and in-service monitoring of DCAS operation by the manufacturer.
13. 与联合国第 79 号 条例的 03 系列修正案(其中为每个用例制定了具体要求)中的方法相比,本联合国条例建立了更通用的合规性评估方法。制造商必须声明系统设计大纲,这有助于将需要进行的必要评估和验证活动告知型式认可机构。多支柱评估技术弥补了与 DCAS 运营案例相关的不确定性,这些不确定性未被直接评估,从而涵盖了 DCAS 多个运营案例的评估。DCAS 的验证应确保制造商在设计和开发过程中对 DCAS 中集成的功能以及集成到车辆中的整个 DCAS 的功能和作安全性进行了全面评估。评估支柱包括通过对制造商文件的加强审核、测试轨道和公共道路的物理测试以及制造商对 DCAS 作的在役监控来验证 DCAS 安全方面。

14.The safe use of DCAS requires appropriate understanding by the driver and the performance capabilities of DCAS available on the vehicle. The provision of the appropriate information to the driver is required to avoid potential driver’s misinterpretation, overestimation, or difficulty with the DCAS/vehicle control. The development of this UN Regulation showed a necessity to ensure that the driver maintains specific or sufficient knowledge on the appropriate use of DCAS. This issue touches on the broader topic of drivers’ education, which can be divided in two directions: (a) the upgrade of the education and reassessment of drivers to safely operate vehicles equipped with DCAS and (b) the development of a uniform standard (e.g., ISO) setting for DCAS the common HMI, communication techniques, modes of operation, possibilities of overriding, system messages and signals, etc. in addition to this UN Regulation. This will ensure a uniformity of HMI for different DCAS produced by different manufacturers, so that every driver could be prepared to use different DCAS features in a safe way.
14. 安全使用 DCAS 需要驾驶员适当了解车辆上可用的 DCAS 性能。需要向驾驶员提供适当的信息,以避免潜在驾驶员对 DCAS/车辆控制的误解、高估或困难。这项联合国法规的制定表明有必要确保驾驶员对正确使用 DCAS 保持具体或足够的知识。本期涉及驾驶员教育这一更广泛的主题,该主题可以分为两个方向:(a) 升级驾驶员的教育和重新评估,以安全作配备 DCAS 的车辆,以及 (b) 为 DCAS 制定统一标准(例如 ISO)设置,通用 HMI、通信技术、作模式、覆盖的可能性、 除本联合国条例外,系统消息和信号等。这将确保不同制造商生产的不同 DCAS 的 HMI 的统一性,以便每个驾驶员都可以准备好以安全的方式使用不同的 DCAS 功能。

15.This UN Regulation is not intended to establish requirements applicable to drivers, however, it stipulates the requirements to the educational materials, messages and signals that the manufacturers of DCAS will need to present to the driver (e.g., for review). However, this UN Regulation nor the Type Approval Authority cannot guarantee, through regulatory provisions, that these materials are appropriately reviewed and understood by the driver.
15. 联合国法规无意制定适用于驾驶员的要求,但它规定了 DCAS 制造商需要向驾驶员提供(例如,用于审查)的教育材料、信息和信号的要求。但是,本联合国法规或型式认可机构无法通过监管规定保证驾驶员对这些材料进行适当的审查和理解。

16.The deployment of DCAS draws attention to the need for a balanced marketing policy so as not to cause overestimation of DCAS capabilities by the driver, who may believe that the system performance is more than an assistant system. Referring to misleading terms in the information materials provided by the manufacturer may lead to driver confusion or overreliance. In order to avoid this, terms which have been deemed misleading by national authorities should not be used in DCAS marketing promotion.
16.DCAS 的部署提请注意需要平衡的营销政策,以免导致驾驶员高估 DCAS 的能力,他们可能认为系统性能不仅仅是一个辅助系统 。在制造商提供的信息材料中提及误导性术语可能会导致驾驶员混淆或过度依赖。为避免这种情况,不应在 DCAS 营销推广中使用被国家当局认为具有误导性的术语。

17.While DCAS is currently being diligently developed by many manufacturers and is supposed to be further developed in the future, this UN Regulation is established based on the current technology and data from limited number of vehicles introduced to the market. This UN Regulation implements such an instrument as monitoring of DCAS operation intended for collecting more data from the vehicles with DCAS which will be introduced into the market. This UN Regulation is a subject to continuous review based on examining the technology development and the data obtained through the monitoring of DCAS operation.
17. 虽然目前许多制造商正在努力开发 DCAS,并且未来应该会进一步发展,但该联合国法规是根据当前技术和投放市场的有限数量车辆的数据制定的。该联合国法规实施了 DCAS 运行监测等工具,旨在从将引入市场的带有 DCAS 的车辆收集更多数据。该联合国法规是根据审查技术发展和通过监测 DCAS 运营获得的数据而不断审查的对象。

1.Scope
1. 范围

1.1This UN Regulation applies to the type approval of vehicles of Categories M and N2 with regard to their Driver Control Assistance Systems (DCAS).
1.1 本联合国法规适用于 M 类和 N 2 类车辆的驾驶员控制辅助系统 (DCAS) 的型式认可。

1.2.This UN Regulation does not apply to the approval of vehicles with regard to their Automatically Commanded Steering Functions (ACSF) or Risk Mitigation Function (RMF) which have been approved to UN Regulation No. 79, even when a system is exercising longitudinal control at the same time. However, if the manufacturer declares such ACSF or RMF to be part of DCAS, this UN Regulation applies irrespective of whether it has also been approved to UN Regulation No. 79.
1.2. 本联合国法规不适用于已根据联合国第 79 号 法规批准的车辆的自动命令转向功能 (ACSF) 或风险缓解功能 (RMF) 的批准,即使系统同时执行纵向控制。但是,如果制造商声明此类 ACSF 或 RMF 是 DCAS 的一部分,则无论该法规是否也已获得联合国第 79 号法规的批准,本联合国法规均适用。

2.Definitions
2. 定义

For the purposes of this Regulation:
就本条例而言:

2.1.“Driver Control Assistance System (DCAS)” means the hardware and software collectively capable of assisting a driver in controlling the longitudinal and lateral motion of the vehicle on a sustained basis.
2.1.“驾驶员控制辅助系统 (DCAS)” 是指能够协助驾驶员持续控制车辆纵向和横向运动的硬件和软件。

Within this UN Regulation, DCAS is also referred to as “the system”.
在该联合国条例中,DCAS 也称为“ 系统 ”。

2.2.Vehicle Type with regard to DCAS” means a group of vehicles, which do not differ in such essential aspects as:
2.2. 与 DCAS 相关的车辆类型” 是指一组车辆,它们在以下基本方面没有区别:

(a)The system characteristics and design of DCAS;
(a) DCAS 的系统特点和设计;

(b)Vehicle features which significantly influence the performances of DCAS.
(b) 对 DCAS 性能有重大影响的车辆特征。

If within the manufacturer's designation of the vehicle type, DCAS consists of multiple features, some of which optionally may not be fitted on some vehicles, DCAS with lesser features is deemed to belong to the same vehicle type with respect to DCAS.
如果在制造商指定的车辆类型范围内,DCAS 由多个功能组成,其中一些功能可能无法选择安装在某些车辆上,则具有较少功能的 DCAS 被视为属于与 DCAS 相同的车辆类型。

2.3.“(DCAS) Feature” means a specific DCAS capability providing assistance to the driver in defined traffic scenarios, circumstances and system boundaries.
2.3.“(DCAS)功能” 是指在定义的交通场景、情况和系统边界下为驾驶员提供帮助的特定 DCAS 功能。

2.4.Dynamic Control” means the real-time performance of operational and tactical functions required to move the vehicle. This includes controlling the vehicle’s lateral and longitudinal motion, monitoring the road environment, responding to events in the road traffic environment, and planning and signalling for manoeuvres.
2.4. 动态控制 ”是指移动车辆所需的作和战术功能的实时执行。这包括控制车辆的横向和纵向运动、监控道路环境、响应道路交通环境中的事件以及规划和发出机动信号。

For the purpose of this UN Regulation, DCAS assists the driver by carrying out operational and tactical functions without limiting the driver’s ability to intervene at any given time.
就本联合国法规而言,DCAS 通过汽车执行作和战术功能来协助驾驶员, 而不限制驾驶员在任何给定时间进行干预的能力。

2.5.System Boundaries” are those verifiable or measurable limits or conditions established by a manufacturer up to or within which DCAS or a feature of DCAS is designed to provide assistance to the driver and those conditions which impact the system’s ability to operate as intended.
2.5. 系统边界 ”是指制造商制定的可验证或可测量的限制或条件,其中 DCAS 或 DCAS 的功能旨在为驾驶员提供帮助,以及影响系统按预期运行能力的条件。

2.6.Driver disengagement” means the system’s determination of the driver’s current inability to safely execute perception, planning, or decision-making and to intervene in the operation of DCAS.
2.6. 驾驶员脱离 ”是指系统确定驾驶员当前无法安全地执行感知、计划或决策以及干预 DCAS 的运行。

2.7.“Operational functions” means the basic control actions of the driver required and taken to move a vehicle and operate its systems, including control of the vehicle’s lateral and longitudinal motion. Realization of operational functions implies the driver’s physical operation of the vehicle.
2.7.“作功能” 是指驾驶员为移动车辆和作其系统而需要和采取的基本控制动作,包括对车辆横向和纵向运动的控制。作功能的实现意味着驾驶员对车辆的物理作。

2.8.“Tactical functions” means the real-time planning and determination of manoeuvres by the driver. Tactical functions imply the implementation of the driver's skills to operate the vehicle within the continuously changing environment.
2.8.“战术功能 ”是指驾驶员对机动的实时规划和确定。战术功能意味着驾驶员在不断变化的环境中作车辆的技能的实施。

2.9.“Real-time” means the actual time during which a process or event occurs.
2.9.“实时” 是指流程或事件发生的实际时间。

2.10.Manoeuvre” means a change in the vehicle’s trajectory that leads the vehicle to at least partially leave its original lane or direction of travel whereby possibly leading to interaction with other road users.
2.10. ”是指车辆轨迹的变化,导致车辆至少部分离开其原始车道或行驶方向,从而可能导致与其他道路使用者的互动。

A series of manoeuvres can be considered as an individual manoeuvre providing the manoeuvres follow in succession, without significant separation, and are related to the completion of one tactical goal (e.g., changing lanes in combination with navigating an intersection). Distinct manoeuvres in relation with following a navigation route with significant separation are not considered as an individual manoeuvre.
一系列机动可以被视为单独的机动,前提是这些机动连续进行,没有明显的分离,并且与完成一个战术目标有关(例如,变道与穿越十字路口相结合)。与遵循具有显着分离的导航路线相关的不同作不被视为单个作。

2.11.Target Lane” means the lane of the travel to which the system intends to transition the vehicle by performing a manoeuvre.
2.11. 目标车道 ”是指系统打算通过执行机动将车辆过渡到的行驶车道。

2.12.Lane Change Procedure (LCP)” means the sequence of operations aimed at performing a lane change of a vehicle. The sequence comprises the following operations:
2.12. 变道程序 (LCP)”是指旨在执行车辆变道的作序列。该序列包括以下作:

(a)Activation of the direction indicator lamps;
(a) 启动方向指示灯;

(b)Lateral movement of the vehicle towards the lane boundary;
(b) 车辆向车道边界横向移动;

(c)Lane Change Manoeuvre;
(c) 变道作;

(d)Resumption of the stable position of the vehicle in the lane;
(d) 恢复车辆在车道上的稳定位置;

(e)Deactivation of direction indicator lamps.
(e) 停用方向指示灯。

2.13.Lane Change Manoeuvre (LCM)” is part of the LCP and
2.13. 变道作 (LCM)”是 LCP 的一部分,并且

(a)Starts when the outside edge of the tyre tread of the vehicle’s front wheel closest to the lane markings crosses the outside edge of the lane marking to which the vehicle is being manoeuvred; and
(a) 当最靠近车道标记的车辆前轮轮胎胎面的外边缘穿过车辆正在纵的车道标记的外边缘时开始;以及

(b)Ends when the rear wheels of the vehicle have fully crossed the lane marking.
(b) 当车辆后轮完全越过车道标记时结束。

2.14.Off mode” means a DCAS operational condition, when the system is prevented from assisting the driver in executing dynamic control of the vehicle.
2.14. 关闭模式 ”是指当系统无法协助驾驶员执行车辆的动态控制时,DCAS 运行情况。

2.15.On mode” means a DCAS operational condition, when the system or a DCAS feature has been requested to provide assistance to the driver in executing dynamic control of the vehicle. In this mode, the system is either in ‘stand-by’ or ‘active’ mode.
2.15. 开启模式” 是指 DCAS 作条件,当系统或 DCAS 功能被要求为驾驶员执行车辆动态控制提供帮助时。在此模式下,系统处于“待机”或“活动”模式。

2.15.1.Active mode” means a DCAS operational condition, when the system or a DCAS feature considers itself to be within its system boundaries and is providing assistance to the driver in executing dynamic control of the vehicle.
2.15.1. 活动模式 ”是指 DCAS 作条件,当系统或 DCAS 功能认为自己位于其系统边界内并正在为驾驶员执行车辆动态控制提供帮助时。

2.15.2.“Stand-by mode” means a DCAS operational condition, where the system or a DCAS feature is in ‘On’ mode, but not generating control output. In this mode, the system can be either in ‘passive’ or ‘inactive’ mode.
2.15.2. “Stand-by 模式 ”是指 DCAS 工作状态,其中系统或 DCAS 功能处于“开”模式,但不产生控制输出。在此模式下,系统可以处于“被动”或“非活动”模式。

2.15.2.1Passive mode” means a DCAS operational condition, when the system or DCAS feature is in ‘stand-by’ mode and considers itself to be within its system boundaries with no preconditions preventing switching to ‘active’ mode.
2.15.2.1 被动模式 ”是指 DCAS 工作条件,当系统或 DCAS 功能处于“待机”模式并认为自己位于其系统边界内,没有阻止切换到“主动”模式的先决条件时。

2.15.2.2.Inactive mode” means a DCAS operational condition, when the system or a DCAS feature is in ‘stand-by’ mode and considers itself to be outside its boundary conditions or any precondition is such that switching to ‘active’ mode is prevented.
2.15.2.2. 非活动模式 ”是指 DCAS 工作条件,当系统或 DCAS 功能处于“待机”模式并认为自己超出其边界条件或任何先决条件是无法切换到“活动”模式时。

2.16.Risk of imminent collision” describes a situation or an event which leads to a collision of the vehicle with another road user or an obstacle which cannot be avoided by a braking demand lower than 5 m/s².
2.16. 即将发生碰撞的风险 ”是指导致车辆与其他道路使用者相撞的情况或事件,或因制动要求低于 5 m/s² 而无法避免的障碍物。

2.17.Detection Range” means the distance at which the system can reliably recognise an object, taking account of the deterioration of components of the sensing system due to time and usage throughout the lifetime of the vehicle, and generate a control signal.
2.17. 检测范围 ”是指系统能够可靠地识别物体的距离,考虑到传感系统组件在车辆整个生命周期内因时间和使用而恶化,并生成控制信号。

2.18.System/Feature Designed Speed Range” means the adaptive speed range within which the system or a feature thereof can be in ‘active’ mode based on the system design and capability, taking into account traffic and environmental conditions where relevant.
2.18. “系统/功能设计速度范围”是指系统或其功能可以根据系统设计和功能处于“活动”模式的自适应速度范围,同时考虑相关交通和环境条件。

2.19.Driver-set maximum speed” means the maximum speed of DCAS operation set by the driver.
2.19. 驾驶员设定的最大速度 ”是指驾驶员设定的 DCAS 作的最大速度。

2.20.“Current maximum speed” means the maximum speed up to which the system will control the vehicle.
2.20.“当前最高速度” 是指系统控制车辆的最大速度。

2.21.Rx Software Identification Number (RXSWIN)” means a dedicated identifier, defined by the vehicle manufacturer, representing information about the type approval relevant software of the Electronic Control System contributing to the UN Regulation No. 1XX type approval relevant characteristics of the vehicle.
2.21. Rx 软件识别号 (RXSWIN)” 是指由车辆制造商定义的专用标识符,代表有关电子控制系统的型式认可相关软件的信息,有助于联合国第 1XX 号法规的型式认可相关特性车辆。

2.22.Electronic Control System” means a combination of units, designed to co-operate in the production of the stated vehicle control function by electronic data processing. Such systems, often controlled by software, are built from discrete functional components such as sensors, electronic control units and actuators and connected by transmission links. They may include mechanical, electro-pneumatic or electro-hydraulic elements.
2.22. 电子控制系统 ”是指旨在通过电子数据处理合作生产所述车辆控制功能的单元组合。此类系统通常由软件控制,由传感器、电子控制单元和执行器等离散功能组件构建, 并通过传输链路连接。它们可能包括机械、电动气动或电动液压元件。

2.23.Occurrence” means, in the context of the provisions in paragraph 7, a safety-related action or instance of an arising event or incident involving a vehicle equipped with DCAS.
2.23. 在第 7 款的规定中,“发生”是指与安全相关的行动或涉及配备 DCAS 的车辆的事件或事件的实例。

2.24.Safety-Critical Occurrence” means an occurrence when DCAS or its respective feature is in ‘On’ mode at the time of a collision event which:
2.24. 安全关键事件 ”是指在发生碰撞事件时 DCAS 或其相应功能处于“开启”模式时发生的情况:

(a)Resulted in an injury requiring medical assistance or death of at least one person; or
(a) 导致至少一人受伤或死亡;或

(b)Resulted in the deployment of airbags, non-reversable occupant restraints and/or vulnerable road user secondary safety system of the DCAS-equipped vehicle.
(b) 导致配备 DCAS 的车辆展开安全气囊、不可逆转的乘员约束装置和(或)易受伤害的道路使用者二级安全系统。

2.25.Controllability” means a measure of the probability that harm can be avoided when a hazardous condition occurs. This condition might be due to actions by the driver, by the system or by external measures.
2.25. 可控性 ”是指在发生危险情况时可以避免伤害的概率的衡量标准。这种情况可能是由于驾驶员、 系统或外部措施的行为造成的。

2.26.Driver Override” means any action taken by the driver to temporarily intervene on the assistance provided by DCAS through the application of braking, transmission, accelerator or steering controls.
2.26. 驾驶员超控” 是指驾驶员通过应用制动、变速箱、油门或转向控制来临时干预 DCAS 提供的辅助而采取的任何行动。

2.27.Highway” means a type of road where pedestrians and cyclists are prohibited and which, by design, is equipped with a physical separation that divides the traffic moving in opposite directions.
2.27. 高速公路 ”是指禁止行人和骑自行车者通行的道路,并且根据设计,该道路配备了物理分隔装置,将相反方向行驶的车辆分开。

2.28.Non-Highway” means a type of road other than a highway as defined in paragraph 2.27.
2.28. 非公路 ”是指第 2.27 段中定义的公路以外的道路类型。

2.29.Automated Driving System (ADS)” means the vehicle hardware and software that are collectively capable of performing the entire Dynamic Driving Task (DDT) on a sustained basis.
2.29. 自动驾驶系统 (ADS)”是指能够持续执行整个动态驾驶任务 (DDT) 的车辆硬件和软件。

2.30.Dynamic Driving Task (DDT)” means the real-time operational and tactical functions required to operate the vehicle in on-road traffic.
2.30. 动态驾驶任务(DDT)”是指在道路交通中作车辆所需的实时作和战术功能。

2.31. String Instabilitymeans when a disturbance in the speed profile of the vehicle in front is amplified by the following vehicle.
2.31. 弦不稳定 是指当前方车辆速度曲线的干扰被后车放大时。

2.32.”Hands On Request (HOR)” means a request from the system to the driver to motorically reengage.
2.32.“手动请求 (HOR)” 是指系统向驾驶员发出的重新机动接合请求。

2.33.“Eyes On Request (EOR)” means a request from the system to the driver to visually reengage.
2.33.“Eyes On Request (EOR)” 是指系统向驾驶员发出的视觉重新参与的请求。

2.34.“Direct Control Alert (DCA)” means an instruction from the system to the driver to immediately resume at least lateral control of the vehicle.
2.34.“直接控制警报 (DCA)” 是指系统向驾驶员发出的指令, 要求立即恢复至少对车辆的横向控制。

3.Application for approval
3. 申请批准

3.1.The application for approval of a vehicle type with regard to the DCAS shall be submitted by the vehicle manufacturer or by the manufacturer’s authorized representative to the Type Approval Authority of the Contracting Party, according to the provisions of Schedule 3 of the 1958 Agreement.
3.1. 根据 1958 年协定附表 3 的规定,车辆制造商或制造商的授权代表应向缔约方型式认可机构提交与 DCAS 有关的车辆类型的批准申请。

3.2.It shall be accompanied by the following documentation:
3.2. 应附有以下文件:

3.2.1.A description of the vehicle type with regard to the items specified in paragraph 2.2 together with a documentation package as required in Annex 1 which gives access to the basic design of the DCAS and the means by which it is linked to other vehicle systems, or by which it directly controls output variables.
3.2.1. 关于第 2.2 段 中规定的项目的车辆类型说明,以及附件 1 中要求的文件包,该文件包可以访问 DCAS 的基本设计以及它与其他车辆系统相连的方式,或通过它直接控制输出变量的方式。

3.3.A vehicle representative of the vehicle type to be approved shall be submitted to the Type Approval Authority or its designated technical service responsible for conducting the approval tests.
3.3. 应向型式认可机构或其负责进行批准测试的指定技术服务机构提交拟批准车辆类型的车辆代表。

4.Approval
4. 批准

4.1.If the vehicle type submitted for approval pursuant to this UN Regulation meets the requirements of paragraphs 5 to 10 below, approval of that vehicle type shall be granted.
4.1. 如果根据本联合国条例提交批准的车辆类型符合下文第 5 至 10 款的要求,则应批准该车辆类型。

4.2.An approval number shall be assigned to each type approved. Its first two digits (at present 00 for the UN Regulation in its original form) shall indicate the series of amendments incorporating the technical amendments made to the UN Regulation at the time of issue of the approval. The same Contracting Party shall not assign the same number to another type of vehicle.
4.2. 应为每种批准的类型分配一个批准号。其前两位数字(目前 00 表示原始形式的联合国条例)应表示一系列修正案,其中包含在批准发布时对联合国条例所做的技术修正。同一缔约方不得为另一类车辆分配相同的编号。

4.3.Communication of approval or of extension of approval or of refusal of approval or withdrawal of approval or of production definitively discontinued of a vehicle type pursuant to this UN Regulation shall be communicated to the Contracting Parties to the Agreement applying this UN Regulation by means of a form conforming to the model in Annex 1 to this UN Regulation and documentation supplied by the applicant being in a format not exceeding A4 (210 × 297mm), and on an appropriate scale or electronic format.
4.3. 根据本联合国条例对某种车辆的批准或延长批准或拒绝批准或撤回批准或最终停止生产的通知,应通过符合附件中模式的表格通知适用本联合国条例的协定缔约方 1 本联合国条例和申请人提供的文件格式不超过 A4(210 × 297 毫米),并采用适当的比例或电子格式。

4.4.There shall be affixed, conspicuously and in a readily accessible place specified on the approval form, to every vehicle conforming to a vehicle type approved under this UN Regulation, an international approval mark conforming to the model described in Annex 2, consisting of either:
4.4. 每辆符合根据联合国条例批准的车辆类型的车辆,均应在批准表上指定的显眼位置和易于接近的地方加贴符合附件 2 中描述的型号的国际批准标志 ,包括:

4.4.1.A circle surrounding the letter “E” followed by:
4.4.1. 字母“E”周围的圆圈后跟:

(a)The distinguishing number of the country which has granted approval; and
(a) 已批准的国家的区分编号;以及

(b)The number of this Regulation, followed by the letter “R”, a dash and the approval number to the right of the circle prescribed in this paragraph.
(b) 本条例的编号,后面是字母“R”、破折号和本款所规定圆圈右侧的核准编号

4.5.The approval mark shall be clearly legible and be indelible.
4.5. 批准标志应清晰易读且不可磨灭。

4.6.The Type Approval Authority shall verify the existence of satisfactory arrangements for ensuring effective checks on conformity of production before type-approval is granted.
4.6. 型式认可机构应核实是否存在令人满意的安排,以确保在授予型式认可之前对生产符合性进行有效检查。

5.General Specifications
5. 一般规格

The fulfilment of the provisions of this paragraph shall be demonstrated by the manufacturer to the Type Approval Authority during the inspection of the safety approach as part of the assessment to Annex 3 and according to the relevant tests in Annex 4.
作为附件 3 评估的一部分,制造商应在安全方法检查期间并根据附件 4 中的相关测试向型式认可机构证明本款规定的满足情况。

5.1.General Requirements
5.1. 一般要求

5.1.1.The system shall be designed to ensure the driver remains engaged with the driving task, in accordance with paragraph 5.5.4.2.
5.1.1. 根据第 5.5.4.2 段,系统的设计应确保驾驶员始终参与驾驶任务。

5.1.2.The system shall be designed to ensure mode awareness and avoid driver overreliance. This shall be demonstrated by fulfilment of provisions of paragraphs 5.5.4.
5.1.2. 系统的设计应确保模式感知并避免驾驶员过度依赖。这应通过履行第 5.5.4 款的规定来证明。

5.1.3.The system shall be designed to guard against reasonably foreseeable misuse by the driver and unauthorized modification of the system’s software and hardware components.
5.1.3. 系统的设计应防止驱动程序合理可预见的滥用和未经授权修改系统的软件和硬件组件。

5.1.4.The system shall provide the driver a means to safely override or deactivate the system at any time in accordance with paragraphs 5.5.3.4.
5.1.4. 系统应根据第 5.5.3.4 段随时为驾驶员提供安全覆盖或停用系统的方法。

5.1.5.The DCAS-equipped vehicle shall at least be equipped with an Advanced Emergency Braking System. In addition, it shall be equipped with either a Lane Departure Prevention System or Lane Departure Warning System. These systems shall comply with the technical requirements and transitional provisions of UN Regulations Nos. 131, 152, 79 (Corrective Steering Function) and 130, as appropriate for the DCAS-equipped vehicle category.
5.1.5. 配备 DCAS 的车辆至少应配备先进的紧急制动系统。此外,还应配备车道偏离预防系统或车道偏离警告系统。这些系统应符合联合国第 131、152、79 号条例(纠正转向功能)和第 130 号条例的技术要求和过渡规定,适用于配备 DCAS 的车辆类别。

5.2.DCAS interaction with other vehicle assistance systems
5.2.DCAS 与其他车辆辅助系统的交互

5.2.1.While the system is in ‘active’ mode, its operation shall not deactivate or suppress the longitudinal functionality of activated emergency assistance systems (i.e., AEBS). In the case of lateral functionality, the system may deactivate or suppress emergency assistance systems in accordance with the respective regulations covering this functionality.
5.2.1. 当系统处于“活动”模式时,其运行不得停用或抑制已激活的紧急援助系统(即 AEBS)的纵向功能。在横向功能的情况下,系统可能会根据涵盖此功能的相应法规停用或抑制紧急援助系统。

5.2.2.Transitions between DCAS and other assistance or automation systems, prioritization of one over the other, and any suppression or deactivation of other assistance systems which are intended to ensure the safe and nominal operation of the vehicle shall be described in detail in the documentation presented to the Type Approval Authority.
5.2.2. DCAS 与其他辅助或自动化系统之间的转换、两者的优先级以及旨在确保车辆安全和标称运行的其他辅助系统的任何抑制或停用应在提交给型式认可机构的文件中详细描述。

5.3.Functional requirements
5.3. 功能需求

5.3.1.The manufacturer shall describe in detail in the documentation the detection capabilities of the system relevant to the individual features, especially for those system boundaries listed in Annex 3, Appendix 3.
5.3.1. 制造商应在文档中详细描述与各个特征相关的系统检测能力,特别是对于附件 3 附录 3 中列出的系统边界。

5.3.2.The system shall be able to detect, assess and respond to its surroundings as required to implement the system’s intended functionality, within the system boundaries and to the extent possible if operating beyond system boundaries.
5.3.2. 系统应能够根据需要检测、评估和响应其周围环境,以实现系统的预期功能,在系统边界内,如果在系统边界之外运行,则尽可能。

5.3.2.1.The system shall aim to avoid disruption to the flow of traffic by adapting its behaviour to the surrounding traffic in an appropriate safety-oriented way.
5.3.2.1. 系统应以适当的安全导向方式使其行为适应周围交通,从而避免交通流中断。

5.3.2.2.If the system detects a risk of collision, it shall aim to avoid or mitigate the severity of a collision.
5.3.2.2. 如果系统检测到碰撞风险,应旨在避免或减轻碰撞的严重程度。

5.3.2.3.Without prejudice to other requirements in this UN Regulation, the system shall control the longitudinal and lateral motion of the vehicle aiming to maintain appropriate distances from other road users.
5.3.2.3. 在不影响本联合国条例其他要求的情况下 ,系统应控制车辆的纵向和横向运动,以与其他道路使用者保持适当的距离。

5.3.3.The system may activate relevant vehicle systems when necessary and applicable as appropriate for the system’s operational design (e.g. direction indicators, activate wipers in case of rain, heating systems, etc.).
5.3.3. 系统可以在必要时启动相关车辆系统,并酌情适用于系统的运行设计(例如方向指示灯、下雨时启动雨刷器、加热系统等)。

5.3.4.The system’s control strategy shall be designed to reduce the risk of collisions whilst remaining controllable, accounting for the reaction time of the driver, as per paragraph 5.3.6.
5.3.4. 根据第 5.3.6 段,系统的控制策略应设计为在保持可控的同时降低碰撞风险,同时考虑到驾驶员的反应时间。

5.3.5.Response to System boundaries
5.3.5. 对系统边界的响应

5.3.5.1.The system shall aim to detect the applicable system boundaries when DCAS or a feature of DCAS is in ‘on’ mode. If the system identifies that the system or feature boundary is exceeded, it shall transition into ‘stand-by’ mode and immediately notify the driver in accordance to the strategies described by the manufacturer as outlined in paragraph 5.3.5.2. and according to the HMI requirements defined in paragraph 5.5.4.1.
5.3.5.1. 当 DCAS 或 DCAS 的某个功能处于“开启”模式时,系统应旨在检测适用的系统边界。如果系统识别出超出系统或功能边界,则应过渡到“待机”模式,并立即根据制造商描述的第 5.3.5.2 段 中概述的策略通知驾驶员。并根据第 5.5.4.1 段 中定义的 HMI 要求。

The system shall terminate assistance to the driver provided by the affected feature or the system in a controllable way. The assistance termination strategy shall be described by the vehicle manufacturer and assessed according to Annex 3.
系统应以可控的方式终止受影响功能或系统向驾驶员提供的帮助。协助终止策略应由车辆制造商描述并根据附件 3 进行评估。

5.3.5.1.1. The system shall aim to avoid rapid system fluctuations between ‘stand-by’ and ‘active’ modes.
5.3.5.1.1. 系统应旨在避免系统在“待机”和“活动”模式之间快速波动。

5.3.5.2.The manufacturer shall describe in detail, as part of the documentation required for Section 9, the system boundary conditions for the system and its features, and the strategies to notify the driver in the event a boundary condition is detected to be exceeded, being met or being approached (as per paragraph 5.3.5.5.).
5.3.5.2. 作为第 9 节所需文件的一部分,制造商应详细描述系统的系统边界条件及其功能,以及检测到边界条件超出、满足或接近边界条件时通知驾驶员的策略(根据第 5.3.5.5 段)。 

5.3.5.2.1.The description shall at least take into account potentially relevant boundary conditions as listed in Annex 3, Appendix 3.
5.3.5.2.1. 说明应至少考虑到附件 3 附录 3 所列的潜在相关边界条件。

5.3.5.2.2.The manufacturer shall describe and where reasonable demonstrate the behaviour of the system, the impact on system performance and how safety is ensured in case the system or its features remain in ‘active’ mode beyond these boundaries.
5.3.5.2.2.制造商应描述并在合理的情况下证明系统的行为、对系统性能的影响,以及在系统或其功能超出这些边界时保持“活动”模式时如何确保安全。

5.3.5.3.The manufacturer shall identify those system boundaries that the system is able to detect and shall describe the means by which the system is capable of identifying system boundaries.
5.3.5.3. 制造商应确定系统能够检测到的系统边界,并应描述系统能够识别系统边界的方法。

5.3.5.4.Any declared system boundary that the system is unable to detect shall be documented and it shall be justified, to the satisfaction of the Type Approval Authority, how the inability to detect does not affect the safe operation of the system or its features.
5.3.5.4. 系统无法检测到的任何声明的系统边界都应记录在案,并应证明无法检测如何不影响系统的安全运行或其功能 ,并令型式认可机构满意。

5.3.5.5.When the system identifies that the vehicle is approaching a system boundary of a feature in ‘active mode’, it shall inform the driver of this with sufficient lead time for the driver to respond appropriately.
5.3.5.5. 当系统识别出车辆在“主动模式”下接近某个特征的系统边界时,它应足够的提前时间通知驾驶员, 以便驾驶员做出适当的反应

5.3.6.Controllability
5.3.6. 可控性

5.3.6.1.The system shall be designed to ensure that control actions by the system including, but not limited to, those resulting from system failures, reaching system boundaries, cancelling manoeuvres or when the system is being switched to ‘off’ mode remain controllable for the driver. This shall take into account the driver’s potential reaction time, as relevant to the situation, including manual reengagement where applicable, so that the driver intervention can be safely performed at any time (e.g., during a given manoeuvre).
5.3.6.1. 系统的设计应确保系统的控制动作,包括但不限于因系统故障、达到系统边界、取消作或系统切换到“关闭”模式时引起的控制动作,对驾驶员来说仍然是可控的。这应考虑到驾驶员与情况相关的潜在反应时间,包括在适用的情况下手动重新接合,以便驾驶员干预可以随时安全地进行 例如,在给定的作期间)。

5.3.6.1.1.Whilst withholding HORs, the manufacturer shall consider this potential reaction time required for the driver to respond to a DCA and to hold the steering control. This shall never be assumed to be less than 1 second, unless the manufacturer is able to demonstrate that controllability is ensured through specific strategies.
5.3.6.1.1.在扣留 HOR 时,制造商应考虑驾驶员响应 DCA 和保持转向控制所需的潜在反应时间。这绝不能假设小于 1 秒,除非制造商能够证明通过特定策略确保可控性。

5.3.6.2.The system shall be designed to ensure controllability in accordance with the system’s capabilities and within the defined system boundaries. In the case that HORs are being withheld, the system shall take into account that the driver may be motorically disengaged.
5.3.6.2. 系统的设计应确保根据系统的能力并在规定的系统边界内实现可控性。 在 HOR 被扣留的情况下,系统应考虑到驾驶员可能因机动脱离而脱离

The manufacturer’s controllability design shall be described in detail to the Type Approval Authority and shall be assessed according to Annex 3.
制造商的可控性设计应向型式认可机构详细描述,并应根据附件 3 进行评估。

5.3.6.3.Deceleration and Acceleration
5.3.6.3. 减速和加速

5.3.6.3.1.When controlled by the system, the vehicle deceleration and acceleration shall remain manageable for the driver and surrounding traffic, unless increased levels of deceleration are required to ensure the safety of the vehicle or surrounding road users.
5.3.6.3.1. 当由系统控制时,车辆减速和加速应保持驾驶员和周围交通的可控水平,除非需要提高减速水平以确保车辆或周围道路使用者的安全。

5.3.6.3.2.While the system is trying to maintain a constant speed without external disturbances, it shall aim to minimise unreasonable fluctuations in the vehicle’s speed.
5.3.6.3.2. 当系统试图在没有外部干扰的情况下保持恒定速度时, 它应尽量减少车速的不合理波动。

5.3.7.System Dynamic Control
5.3.7. 系统动态控制

5.3.7.1.Positioning of the vehicle in the lane of travel
5.3.7.1. 车辆在行驶车道上的定位

5.3.7.1.1.The system while being in ‘active’ mode shall assist in keeping the vehicle in a stable position within its lane of travel.
5.3.7.1.1. 系统处于“活动”模式时应有助于将车辆保持在其行驶车道内的稳定位置。

While being in ‘active’ mode, the system shall ensure that the vehicle does not leave its lane of travel for lateral acceleration values specified by the manufacturer.
在处于“主动”模式时,系统应确保车辆不会因制造商指定的横向加速度值而离开其行驶车道。

5.3.7.1.1.1.The system shall have the capability to adapt the vehicle speed in response to road curvature in order to achieve this.
5.3.7.1.1.1. 为了实现这一目标,系统应具有根据道路曲率调整车速的能力

5.3.7.1.2.The activated feature shall at any time, within the boundary conditions, ensure that the vehicle does not unintentionally cross a lane marking for lateral accelerations values to be specified by the manufacturer which shall not exceed 3 m/s² for M1 and N1 category vehicles and 2.5 m/s² for M2, M3, N2 and N3 category vehicles.
5.3.7.1.2. 激活的功能应随时在边界条件下确保车辆不会无意中越过制造商规定的横向加速度值的车道标记,该车道标记对于 M1 和 N1 类车辆不得超过 3 m/s²,对于 M 2、M3 车辆不得超过 2.5 m/s² N2 和 N3 类车辆。

It is recognised that the maximum lateral acceleration values specified by the vehicle manufacturer may not be achievable under all conditions (e.g., inclement weather, different tyres fitted to the vehicle, laterally sloped roads). The feature shall not deactivate or unreasonably switch the control strategy in these other conditions.
人们认识到,车辆制造商规定的最大横向加速度值可能无法在所有条件下(例如恶劣天气、车辆安装的不同轮胎、横向倾斜的道路)都能达到。在这些其他条件下,该功能不得停用或不合理地切换控制策略。

The system may exceed the specified value of maximum lateral acceleration by not more than 0.3 m/s2, while not exceeding 3 m/s² for M1 and N1 category vehicles and 2.5 m/s² for M2, M3, N2 and N3 category vehicles.
系统可超过规定的最大横向加速度值不超过 0.3 m/s2,而 M 1 和 N1 类车辆不得超过 3 m/s²,M 2、M 3、N2 和 N3 类车辆不得超过 2.5 m/s²

Notwithstanding the sentence above, for time periods of not more than 2 seconds the lateral acceleration of the system may exceed the specified value of maximum lateral acceleration by not more than 40 per cent, while not exceeding 3 m/s² for M1 and N1 category vehicles and 2.5 m/s² for M2, M3, N2 and N3 category vehicles by more than 0.3 m/s2.
尽管有上述规定,在不超过 2 秒的时间段内,系统的横向加速度可超过最大横向加速度的规定值不超过 40%,而 M1 和 N1 类车辆不得超过 3 米/秒²,M2 类车辆不得超过 2.5 米/秒 ², M3、N2 和 N3 类车辆的 0.3 m/s 以上 2.

5.3.7.1.2.1.The moving average over half a second of the lateral jerk generated by the system shall not exceed 5 m/s3.
5.3.7.1.2.1. 系统产生的横向抖动半秒内的移动平均线不得超过 5 m/s3.

5.3.7.1.3.The strategy by which the system determines the appropriate speed and resulting lateral acceleration shall be documented and assessed by the Type Approval Authority.
5.3.7.1.3. 系统确定适当速度和由此产生的横向加速度的策略应由型式认可机构记录和评估。

5.3.7.1.4.When the system reaches its boundary conditions set out in paragraph 9.1.3., and both in the absence of any driver input to the steering control and when any the front tyre of the vehicle starts to unintentionally cross a lane marking, the system shall avoid sudden loss of steering support by providing continued assistance to the extent possible as outlined in the safety concept of the vehicle manufacturer. The system shall clearly inform the driver about this system status by means of an optical warning signal and additionally by an acoustic or haptic warning signal.
5.3.7.1.4. 当系统达到第 9.1.3 段规定的边界条件时,无论是在驾驶员对转向控制装置没有任何输入的情况下,还是当车辆的前轮胎开始无意中越过车道标记时,系统应根据车辆制造商的安全概念中概述的尽可能提供持续的帮助,从而避免转向支撑突然丧失。系统应通过光学警告信号以及声音或触觉警告信号清楚地通知驾驶员该系统状态。

For vehicles of categories M2 M3 N2 and N3, the warning requirement above is deemed to be fulfilled if the vehicle is equipped with a Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) fulfilling the technical requirements of UN Regulation No. 130.
对于 M 2M3N2 和 N3 类车辆, 如果车辆配备了满足联合国第 130 号条例技术要求的车道偏离警告系统 (LDWS),则视为满足上述警告要求。

5.3.7.2.Manoeuvre
5.3.7.2. 机动

5.3.7.2.1.General Requirements
5.3.7.2.1. 一般要求

5.3.7.2.1.1.A manoeuvre shall only be initiated if the driver is not detected to be disengaged, and
5.3.7.2.1.1. 只有在未检测到驾驶员脱离时,才应启动机动,并且

has commanded the system to perform the manoeuvre for a driver-initiated manoeuvre; or
已命令系统执行驾驶员发起的机动;或

has acknowledged the system’s intention as needed for a driver-confirmed manoeuvre; or
已承认系统根据需要进行驾驶员确认作的意图;或

is given sufficient notice to react for a system-initiated manoeuvre.
给予足够的通知以对系统启动的机动做出反应。

Motoric disengagement may not be considered when HORs are being withheld by the system.
当系统扣留 HOR 时,可能不会考虑运动脱离。

5.3.7.2.1.2.The system shall only be permitted to perform a manoeuvre if the vehicle is equipped with detection capabilities with sufficient range to the front, side and rear with respect to the manoeuvre.
5.3.7.2.1.2. 只有当车辆配备具有与机动相关的前部、侧面和后部足够距离的探测能力时,系统才被允许执行机动。

5.3.7.2.1.3. A manoeuvre shall not be initiated if a driver disengagement warning is being given to the driver.
5.3.7.2.1.3. 如果向驾驶员发出脱离驾驶员的警告,则不得启动作。

5.3.7.2.1.4.A manoeuvre shall not be initiated if a risk of collision with another vehicle or road user is detected in the predicted path of the DCAS vehicle during the manoeuvre.
5.3.7.2.1.4. 如果在机动过程中检测到 DCAS 车辆的预测路径中存在与另一辆车或道路使用者发生碰撞的危险,则不得启动机动。

5.3.7.2.1.5.A manoeuvre shall be predictable and manageable for other road users.
5.3.7.2.1.5. 其他道路使用者应可预测和管理作。

5.3.7.2.1.6.A manoeuvre shall aim to be one continuous movement.
5.3.7.2.1.6. 动作应以一个连续的动作为目标。

5.3.7.2.1.7.A manoeuvre shall be completed without undue delay.
5.3.7.2.1.7. 作应不得无故拖延地完成。

5.3.7.2.1.8.Once a manoeuvre has been completed, the system shall resume assisting in maintaining a stable position in the lane of travel.
5.3.7.2.1.8. 一旦机动完成,系统应恢复协助保持行驶车道上的稳定位置。

5.3.7.2.1.9.In case the vehicle is unexpectedly forced to become stationary during a planned manoeuvre, the system shall provide at least a visual warning signal to the driver, and may request the driver to resume control.
5.3.7.2.1.9. 如果车辆在计划纵过程中意外被迫静止,系统应至少向驾驶员提供视觉警告信号,并可要求驾驶员恢复控制。

5.3.7.2.1.10.The system shall indicate driving manoeuvres assisted by the system (e.g., a lane change or turn) to other road users as per the required convention or as specifically defined in this Regulation. This shall include the use of the direction indicator to notify road users of an upcoming lateral manoeuvre.
5.3.7.2.1.10. 系统应根据规定的公约或本条例中具体定义,向其他道路使用者指示系统辅助的驾驶作(例如变道或转弯)。这应包括使用方向指示器通知道路使用者即将进行的横向机动。

5.3.7.2.1.11.The system shall ensure the manoeuvre remains controllable for the driver, as per paragraph 5.3.6., by adapting its longitudinal speed before and during the manoeuvre when necessary.
5.3.7.2.1.11. 系统应根据第 5.3.6 款,确保驾驶员在纵前和纵期间调整其纵向速度,从而确保纵对驾驶员保持可控。

5.3.7.2.1.12.The manoeuvre shall aim to not cause a collision with another detected vehicle or road user in the predicted path of the vehicle during the manoeuvre.
5.3.7.2.1.12. 机动应旨在不在机动过程中与车辆预测路径内的其他检测车辆或道路使用者发生碰撞。

5.3.7.2.2.General requirements for driver-initiated manoeuvres
5.3.7.2.2. 驾驶员发起作的一般要求

The requirements of this paragraph and its subparagraphs apply to feature(s) systems capable of performing driver-initiated manoeuvres.
本段及其子段的要求适用于 能够执行驾驶员发起的作的功能系统

5.3.7.2.2.1.The system shall only initiate the manoeuvre when explicitly commanded by the driver without prior request by the system, and when it is safe to do so.
5.3.7.2.2.1. 系统只有在驾驶员明确命令时,系统才应在没有系统事先请求的情况下启动作,并且在安全的情况下启动作。

5.3.7.2.3.General requirements for driver-confirmed manoeuvres
5.3.7.2.3. 驾驶员确认作的一般要求

The requirements of this paragraph and its subparagraphs apply to feature(s) capable of performing driver-confirmed manoeuvres.
本段及其小段的要求适用于 能够执行驾驶员确认作的功能。

5.3.7.2.3.1.The requirements outlined in paragraph 5.5.4.1.8. and subparagraphs shall apply. In addition, the system shall be designed to ensure that the driver has sufficient time to confirm that the system may proceed with the manoeuvre, as appropriate.
5.3.7.2.3.1. 第 5.5.4.1.8 段和各项所述要求应适用。此外,系统的设计应确保驾驶员有足够的时间确认系统可以酌情进行作。

5.3.7.2.3.2.A request by the system for the driver to confirm a manoeuvre shall at least be indicated through a specific signal (or combination of signals) in accordance with paragraph 5.5.4.1.
5.3.7.2.3.2. 系统要求驾驶员确认纵的请求应至少根据第 5.5.4.1 段通过特定信号(或信号组合)进行指示。

5.3.7.2.3.3.In the event that the driver does not confirm a request by the system, the system shall not initiate that manoeuvre.
5.3.7.2.3.3. 如果驱动程序未确认系统的请求,则系统不应启动该请求

5.3.7.2.3.4.A manoeuvre shall only be proposed if there is a justifiable reason for said manoeuvre.
5.3.7.2.3.4. 只有在有正当理由的情况下,才应提出作。

5.3.7.2.3.5.The system shall aim not to initiate the proposed manoeuvre, even if already confirmed by the driver, unless the following conditions are met:
5.3.7.2.3.5. 除非满足以下条件,否则系统应不启动拟议的作,即使已经得到驾驶员的确认

(a)The target area, lane or path is determined by the system to be clear;
(a) 目标区域、车道或路径由系统确定为畅通;

(b)The reason for the manoeuvre still exists;
(b) 纵的理由仍然存在;

(c)The target area or lane allows the system to resume stable control after completing the manoeuvre;
(c) 目标区域或车道允许系统在完成机动后恢复稳定控制;

(d)The manoeuvre is anticipated to be completed before the vehicle comes to standstill, unless this is necessary for safe navigation or to give way to other road users;
(d) 预计在车辆静止之前完成作,除非这是安全航行或给其他道路使用者让路所必需的;

(e)The target area or lane is assessed not to be outside of the system’s boundaries.
(e) 目标区域或车道被评估为不超出系统边界。

(f)The driver has been detected to have directed their gaze as appropriate to the proposed manoeuvre within an appropriate period before the manoeuvre commences.
(f) 在纵开始前的适当时间内,已发现司机已适当地将视线注视拟议的纵。

5.3.7.2.3.6.The system shall not propose a manoeuvre if it would knowingly cause other road users to unreasonably or unmanageably decelerate or evade the vehicle as a consequence of the manoeuvre.
5.3.7.2.3.6. 如果系统故意导致其他道路使用者因该作而不合理或无法控制地控制或避开车辆 ,则该系统不得提出作。

5.3.7.2.3.7.The system shall aim to not initiate a manoeuvre if it would violate applicable instruction by relevant signage or performance requirements as specified in paragraph 6.
5.3.7.2.3.7. 如果作违反了第 6 段中规定的相关标牌或性能要求的适用指示,则系统应不启动作。

5.3.7.2.3.8.The system shall not propose a manoeuvre if it would lead the vehicle to cross lane markings which are not permitted to be crossed.
5.3.7.2.3.8. 如果系统会导致车辆越过不允许越过的车道标记,则系统不应提出作建议。

5.3.7.2.4.General requirements for system-initiated manoeuvres
5.3.7.2.4. 系统启动作的一般要求

The requirements of this paragraph and its subparagraphs apply to feature(s) capable of performing system-initiated manoeuvres.
本款及其各项的要求适用于能够执行系统启动的机动要素

5.3.7.2.4.1.The system shall be designed to ensure that the driver has sufficient time to reject the manoeuvre announced by the system before it is performed in an easily accessible way, or to resume unassisted control, as appropriate.
5.3.7.2.4.1. 系统的设计应确保驾驶员有足够的时间拒绝系统宣布的作,然后以易于访问的方式进行作,或酌情恢复无辅助控制。

If the driver rejects a manoeuvre, the system shall not initiate the same manoeuvre unless the circumstances change or there is a risk of an imminent collision.
如果驾驶员拒绝作,系统不应启动相同的作,除非情况发生变化或存在即将发生碰撞的风险。

5.3.7.2.4.2. A manoeuvre shall not be initiated if system has presented an EOR to the driver in the 7 seconds leading up to the initiation of the manoeuvre.
5.3.7.2.4.2. 如果系统在作开始前的 7 秒内向驾驶员出示了 EOR,则不得启动作。

5.3.7.2.4.2.1.In addition, further strategies shall be implemented to ensure appropriate driver engagement prior to the initiation of the manoeuvre, which shall be documented and explained.
5.3.7.2.4.2.1. 此外,还应实施进一步的策略,以确保在开始作之前进行适当的驾驶员参与,并对其进行记录和解释。

5.3.7.2.4.3.The manufacturer shall also describe in the safety concept the system behaviour in case the driver is detected to be disengaged during a manoeuvre (e.g., initiation of a risk mitigation function, full execution of the manoeuvre, stop the vehicle).
5.3.7.2.4.3. 制造商还应在安全概念中描述在检测到驾驶员在纵过程中脱离时的系统行为(例如,启动风险缓解功能、完全执行纵、停止车辆)。

5.3.7.2.4.4.A manoeuvre shall only be performed if there is a justifiable reason for said manoeuvre (e.g., pursuing a set destination, following traffic flow, safety-relevant manoeuvres, etc.). The manufacturer shall explain in the documentation the traffic situations where the system may initiate manoeuvres.
5.3.7.2.4.4. 只有在有正当理由进行该作时,才应进行该作(例如,追求设定的目的地、跟随交通流量、与安全相关的作等)。制造商应在文档中解释系统可能启动作的交通情况。

5.3.7.2.4.5.The system shall not initiate the manoeuvre if the conditions outlined in paragraph 5.3.7.2.3.5. are not met.
5.3.7.2.4.5. 如果不满足第 5.3.7.2.3.5 段所述条件,系统不得启动作。

5.3.7.2.4.6.The system shall aim to not initiate a manoeuvre if it would cause other road users to unreasonably or unmanageably decelerate or evade the vehicle as a consequence of the manoeuvre.
5.3.7.2.4.6. 如果该机动会导致其他道路使用者因机动而不合理或无法控制地减速或躲避车辆,则系统应不发起机动。

5.3.7.2.4.7.The system shall aim to not initiate a manoeuvre if it would violate applicable instruction by relevant signage or performance requirements as specified in paragraph 6.
5.3.7.2.4.7. 如果系统违反第 6 款规定的相关标牌或性能要求的适用指示,则系统应不发起作。

5.3.7.2.4.8.The system shall not initiate a manoeuvre if it would lead the vehicle to cross lane markings which are not permitted to be crossed.
5.3.7.2.4.8. 如果系统会导致车辆越过不允许越过的车道标记,则系统不应启动机动。

5.3.7.2.4.9.The system shall aim not to violate appropriate right-of-way rules applicable in the country of operation where relevant to the manoeuvre.
5.3.7.2.4.9. 系统应旨在不违反与演习相关的作国家/地区适用的适当通行权规则。

5.3.7.2.4.10.The system shall only initiate a manoeuvre if the vehicle is located on a highway (including highway slip roads) and it is not withholding HORs.
5.3.7.2.4.10. 只有当车辆位于高速公路(包括高速公路支路)上并且没有扣留 HOR 时,系统才应启动机动。

5.3.7.2.4.11.   A request for the driver to acknowledge that they have read and understood the driver information material outlined in paragraph 5.6 shall be given while the vehicle is in a stopped position. This request shall be given at least once every month. If the vehicle utilises a means of differentiating between users, this may be extended to three months for a given user. If the vehicle can identify that a driver has previously acknowledged this request it does not need to be given again for that driver. If the vehicle can identify that the driver has not acknowledged this request before, then it shall be given upon initiation of the powertrain.
5.3.7.2.4.11.   当车辆处于停止位置时,应要求驾驶员承认他们已阅读并理解第 5.6 款中概述的驾驶员信息材料。此请求应至少每月提出一次。如果车辆使用区分用户的方法,则 对于给定用户,这可能会延长至三个月。如果车辆能够识别出驾驶员之前已确认此请求,则无需再次为该驾驶员提供该请求。如果车辆能够识别出驾驶员之前没有确认此请求,则应在动力总成启动时发出。

5.3.7.2.5.Special provisions for systems capable of performing system-initiated manoeuvres or withholding of HORs
5.3.7.2.5. 对能够执行系统启动的机动或扣留 HOR 的系统的特殊规定

5.3.7.2.5.1.The system shall be designed to have anticipatory behaviour in interaction with other road user(s) aiming to ensure stable, low-amplitude dynamics and/or to minimise risk as appropriate (e.g., when critical situations could become imminent). This shall be demonstrated by avoidance of a collision in the following scenarios, accounting for the robustness criteria outlined in Annex 3 Appendix 4:
5.3.7.2.5.1. 该系统的设计应具有与其他道路使用者互动的预期行为,旨在确保稳定、低振幅的动态和/或酌情将风险降至最低(例如,当危急情况可能迫在眉睫时)。这应通过在以下情况下避免碰撞来证明,并考虑附件 3 附录 4 中概述的稳健性标准:

(a) A cut-out of the lead vehicle as outlined in Annex 4, paragraph 4.2.5.2.6.;
(a) 附件 4 第 4.2.5.2.6 段所述的牵头车辆的切口;

(b) A vehicle cutting in from the adjacent lane as outlined in Annex 4, paragraph 4.2.5.2.5.;
(b) 附件 4 第 4.2.5.2.5 段所述从相邻车道切入的车辆;

(c) A decelerating lead vehicle as outlined in Annex 4, paragraph 4.2.5.2.4.
(c) 附件 4 第 4.2.5.2.4 段所述的减速牵头车辆。

5.3.7.2.5.2.In case the following distance to a vehicle in front is temporarily disrupted (e.g., vehicle is cutting in, a decelerating lead vehicle, etc.), the vehicle shall readjust the following distance at the next available opportunity without any harsh braking implementing strategies aiming to address significant string instability, unless an emergency manoeuvre would become necessary.
5.3.7.2.5.2. 如果与前方车辆的跟随距离暂时中断(例如,车辆切入、减速的领先车辆等),车辆应在下一个可用机会重新调整跟随距离,无需任何急制动实施旨在解决严重串不稳定的策略,除非需要紧急作。

5.3.7.2.5.3.Special provisions regarding system boundaries
5.3.7.2.5.3. 关于系统边界的特殊规定

5.3.7.2.5.3.1.For highway operation, the system shall aim to respond to work zones, lane reductions, lane closures, toll stations and end of highways (e.g., by notifying the driver, issuing a DCA, or continuing operation if capable).
5.3.7.2.5.3.1. 对于高速公路运营,系统应旨在应对工作区、车道缩小、车道封闭、收费站和高速公路末端(例如,通过通知驾驶员、发布 DCA 或在有能力的情况下继续运营)。

5.3.7.2.5.3.2. For non-highway operation, if system-initiated manoeuvres can be activated, the system shall aim to respond to relevant situations when the vehicle could be expected to stop, give way or required to change lane.
5.3.7.2.5.3.2. 对于非公路作,如果可以激活系统启动的机动,则系统应旨在应对车辆可能停车、让路或需要变道的相关情况。

If the relevant situation is within the system boundaries, the system shall manage it by either:
如果相关情况在系统边界内,系统应通过以下任一方式进行管理:

Carrying on providing lateral and/or longitudinal assistance; or
继续提供横向和/或纵向援助;或

Suggesting a manoeuvre to the driver; or
向司机建议作;或

Issue a DCA; or
签发 DCA;或

Performing a system-initiated manoeuvre.
执行系统启动的作。

If the relevant situation means that the system is approaching a system boundary, the system shall issue a DCA.
如果相关情况意味着系统正在接近系统边界,则系统应发布 DCA。

5.3.7.2.5.3.The system shall be able to recognize lane markings as outlined in Annex 3 of the 01 or later series of amendments to UN Regulation No. 130, as relevant to the countries in which the system can be activated.
5.3.7.2.5.3. 该系统应能够识别 01 年或以后对联合国第 130 号条例的一系列修正案附件 3 中 概述的车道标记,这些标记与可以激活该系统的国家相关。

5.3.7.3.Driver Unavailability Response
5.3.7.3. 驱动程序不可用响应

5.3.7.3.1.The system shall comply with the technical requirements and transitional provisions of the 04 or later series of amendments to UN Regulation No. 79 with respect to the Risk Mitigation Function (RMF). In the event that the driver has been determined to be unavailable following a driver disengagement warning escalation sequence as defined in paragraph 5.5.4.2.6., the system shall appropriately activate the Risk Mitigation Function in order to come to a safe stop.
5.3.7.3.1. 系统应符合 04 年或以后对联合国第 79 号条例关于风险缓解功能 (RMF) 的一系列修正案的技术要求和过渡规定。如果在第 5.5.4.2.6 段中定义的驾驶员脱离警告升级序列后被确定为不可用,则系统应适当激活风险缓解功能以安全停车。

5.3.7.3.2.The system shall be designed to select an appropriate target stop area based on the system capabilities and current circumstances (e.g. traffic situation, road infrastructure) with the aim of minimising risk.
5.3.7.3.2. 系统的设计应根据系统功能和当前情况(例如交通状况、道路基础设施)选择适当的目标停靠区域,以尽量减少风险。

5.3.7.3.3.Where the system is equipped with a driver-confirmed or system-initiated lane change feature, the RMF shall be capable of performing lane changes, in compliance with the technical requirements for systems with the purpose of bringing the vehicle to a safe stop outside its own lane of travel of the 04 or later series of amendments to UN Regulation No. 79, during an intervention on a highway to bring the vehicle towards a target stop area in a slower or emergency lane.
5.3.7.3.3. 如果系统配备了驾驶员确认或系统启动的变道功能,则 RMF 应能够按照系统的技术要求进行变道,目的是使车辆在联合国第 79 号条例的 04 年或之后的一系列修正案中在其自己的行驶车道之外安全停车, 在高速公路上进行干预期间,将车辆带到较慢或紧急车道上的目标停车区域。

5.3.7.4.Speed Limit Compliance Assistance
5.3.7.4. 限速合规协助

5.3.7.4.1.The system shall aim to determine the permitted road speed limit relevant to the current lane of travel.
5.3.7.4.1. 该系统应旨在确定与当前行驶车道相关的允许道路限速。

5.3.7.4.2.The system shall continuously display the system-determined road speed limit to the driver.
5.3.7.4.2. 系统应向驾驶员连续显示系统确定的道路限速。

5.3.7.4.3.The system and any of its features shall only provide assistance within their designed speed range.
5.3.7.4.3. 系统及其任何功能应仅在其设计速度范围内提供辅助。

5.3.7.4.4.The maximum speed up to which the system and any of its features provides assistance shall not exceed the maximum speed limit in the country where the vehicle is currently operating.
5.3.7.4.4. 系统及其任何功能提供辅助的最高速度不得超过车辆当前运行国家/地区的最高速度限制。

5.3.7.4.5.The current maximum speed the system may assist up to shall be determined either from:
5.3.7.4.5. 系统可协助达到的当前最大速度应从以下任一确定:

(a)Driver-set maximum speed;
(a) 驾驶员设定的最高速度;

(b)System-determined road speed limit.
(b) 系统确定的道路限速。

5.3.7.4.6. The system shall automatically control the vehicle speed to not exceed the current maximum speed.
5.3.7.4.6. 系统应自动控制车速不超过当前最高速度。

5.3.7.4.7.The system shall provide a means for the driver to set a driver-set maximum speed within the system’s designed speed range.
5.3.7.4.7. 系统应为驾驶员提供一种在系统设计速度范围内设置驾驶员设定的最大速度的方法。

5.3.7.4.7.1.When the vehicle speed exceeds the system-determined road speed limit, the system shall provide at least an optical signal to the driver for an appropriate duration.
5.3.7.4.7.1. 当车速超过系统确定的道路限速时,系统应至少在适当的时间内向驾驶员提供光信号。

5.3.7.4.7.2.The system may incorporate a feature allowing the driver to confirm or reject any change in the current maximum speed before it is automatically changed by the system.
5.3.7.4.7.2. 系统可以包含一项功能,允许驾驶员在系统自动更改当前最大速度之前确认或拒绝当前最大速度的任何变化。

5.3.7.4.7.3.In the case where there is a change in the system-determined road speed limit the following shall apply:
5.3.7.4.7.3. 如果系统确定的道路限速发生变化,则应适用以下规定:

5.3.7.4.7.3.1.The driver shall be given at least an acoustic or haptic signal, which may be suppressed permanently by the driver.
5.3.7.4.7.3.1. 驾驶员应至少获得声音或触觉信号,驾驶员可以永久抑制该信号。

5.3.7.4.7.3.2.If the current maximum speed before the change was a driver set maximum speed and the driver set maximum speed is lower than both the previous system-determined road speed limit as well as the new system-determined road speed limit, then the current maximum speed shall not automatically change to the new system-determined road speed limit.
5.3.7.4.7.3.2. 如果更改前的当前最高速度是驾驶员设定的最高速度 ,并且驾驶员设定的最高速度同时低于先前系统确定的道路限速以及新系统确定的道路限速 则当前最高速度不应自动更改为新系统确定的道路限速。

5.3.7.4.7.3.3.If the new system-determined road speed limit is lower than the current maximum speed, the current maximum speed shall automatically change to the new system-determined road speed limit.
5.3.7.4.7.3.3. 如果新的系统确定的道路限速低于当前最高速度,则当前最高速度应自动更改为新的系统确定的道路限速。

5.3.7.4.7.3.4.For those cases not specifically addressed by the provisions above, the manufacturer shall document the system behaviour in response to a change in system-determined road speed limit and demonstrate this to the Type Approval Authority.
5.3.7.4.7.3.4. 对于上述规定未具体涉及的情况,制造商应记录系统行为,以应对系统确定的道路限速的变化,并向型式认可机构证明这一点。

5.3.7.4.8.Any system-initiated change in vehicle speed due to a changed system-determined road speed limit shall be controllable to the driver.
5.3.7.4.8. 由于系统确定的道路限速变化而导致的任何系统启动的车速变化都应由驾驶员控制。

5.3.7.4.9. The system shall not enable the driver to set a default offset by which the current maximum speed is supposed to exceed the system-determined road speed limit.
5.3.7.4.9. 系统不得使驾驶员设置当前最高速度应超过系统确定的道路速度限制的默认偏移量。

5.3.7.4.10.Technically reasonable tolerances (e.g., related to speedometer inaccuracy) may be applied to the warning thresholds and the system’s designed speed range and shall be declared by the manufacturer to the Type Approval Authority.
5.3.7.4.10. 技术上合理的公差(例如,与车速表不准确有关)可以应用于警告阈值 s 和系统的设计速度范围,并应由马洲制造商向型式认可机构申报。

5.3.7.4.11.The provisions of paragraph 5.3.7.4. shall not be in prejudice to any national or regional legislations which regulate the speed limit control system.
5.3.7.4.11. 第 5.3.7.4 段的规定不应损害规范限速控制系统的任何国家或区域立法。

5.3.7.5.Safe Headway Assistance
5.3.7.5. 安全车头协助

5.3.7.5.1.The system shall support the driver in complying with regulatorily defined headway according to national traffic rules.
5.3.7.5.1. 系统应支持驾驶员遵守国家交通规则规定的车距。

5.3.7.5.1.1.For M1 and N1 vehicles, the requirement in paragraph 5.3.7.5.1. shall be deemed to be fulfilled if either of the following requirements are met:
5.3.7.5.1.1. 对于 M1 和 N1 车辆 ,如果满足下列要求之一,则应视为满足第 5.3.7.5.1 段中的要求:

5.3.7.5.1.1.1.The system shall permanently indicate to the driver the current headway setting while the system is in ‘active’ mode.
5.3.7.5.1.1.1. 当系统处于“活动”模式时,系统应永久向驾驶员指示当前车距设置。

5.3.7.5.1.1.2.Upon first activation of the system following an initiation of the powertrain3, the system shall provide information to the driver that the headway configuration is set to a value lower than 2 seconds, if that is the case.
5.3.7.5.1.1.2. 动力总成启动后首次启动系统时, 系统 3 应向驾驶员提供信息,说明车距配置设置为低于 2 秒的值(如果是这种情况)。

5.4.System safety response to detected failures
5.4. 系统对检测到的故障的安全响应

5.4.1.The activated system shall be capable of detecting and responding to electrical and non-electrical (e.g., sensor blockage, misalignment) failure conditions affecting the safe operation of the system or its features.
5.4.1. 激活的系统应能够检测和响应影响系统安全运行或其功能安全的电气和非电气(例如,传感器堵塞、不对准)故障情况。

5.4.2.Upon detection of a failure affecting the safe operation of a given feature(s) or the system as a whole, the control assistance of the affected feature(s) or the system altogether shall be terminated in a safe manner in accordance with the manufacturer’s safety concept.
5.4.2. 在检测到影响给定功能或整个系统安全运行的故障后,应根据制造商的安全概念以安全的方式终止受影响功能或整个系统的控制辅助。

The system shall gradually reduce its control assistance provided by the affected features(s) or system if it is safe to do so, and inform the driver according to paragraph 5.5.4.1.
如果安全,系统应逐渐减少受影响功能或系统提供的控制辅助,并根据第 5.5.4.1 段通知驾驶员。

5.4.2.1.If a failure affects the entire system, the system shall switch to ‘off’ mode upon termination of assistance and provide at least an optical failure warning signal to the driver for an appropriate duration.
5.4.2.1. 如果故障影响整个系统,系统应在辅助终止时切换到“关闭”模式,并在适当的时间内至少向驾驶员提供光学故障警告信号。

5.4.2.2.The failure affecting the system shall be indicated to the driver with at least an optical signal unless the system is in ‘off’ mode.
5.4.2.2. 影响系统的故障应至少通过光信号向驾驶员指示,除非系统处于“关闭”模式。

5.4.3.The manufacturer shall take appropriate measures (according to paragraph 5.3.6.) to ensure that failures in the system remain controllable by the driver.
5.4.3. 制造商应采取适当措施(根据第 5.3.6 段)以确保系统故障仍可由驾驶员控制。

5.4.4.If a failure only affects some features, the system operation is permitted to continue provided that the remaining features are capable of operating in accordance to this Regulation.
5.4.4. 如果故障仅影响某些功能,则允许系统继续运行,前提是其余功能能够按照本法规运行。

5.4.4.1.The remaining available features or the absence of those features as a result of the failure shall be visually indicated to the driver in an easily understandable manner.
5.4.4.1. 由于故障而导致的剩余可用功能或这些功能缺失应以易于理解的方式直观地向驾驶员显示。

5.4.4.2.If the system is able to provide continued assistance in the case of a failure disabling a given feature, the manufacturer shall describe which features are able to operate independently from one another. This shall be assessed according to Annex 3.
5.4.4.2. 如果系统能够在故障禁用给定功能的情况下提供持续的帮助,制造商应描述哪些功能能够相互独立运行。应根据附件 3 进行评估。

5.4.5.When the driver attempts to switch to ‘on’ mode the system or a feature that is unavailable due to a failure, the system shall provide a notice to the driver about the failure and the unavailability of the system or given feature.
5.4.5. 当驱动程序尝试将系统或功能切换到“开启”模式时,系统应向驱动程序提供有关故障以及系统或给定功能不可用的通知。

5.5.Human-Machine Interface (HMI)
5.5. 人机界面(HMI)

5.5.1.Modes of operation
5.5.1. 作模式

Diagram of DCAS Modes of Operation as defined under this Regulation:
本规例所界定的 DCAS 运作模式图:

5.5.2.General Requirements
5.5.2. 一般要求

5.5.2.1.When the system is switched into ‘on’ mode, specific system features shall be either in ‘active’ mode (generating control outputs) or in ‘stand-by’ mode (currently not generating control outputs), while some other system features may remain in ‘off’ mode and be commanded by a different means.
5.5.2.1. 当系统切换到“开启”模式时,特定系统功能应处于“活动”模式(生成控制输出)或“待机”模式(当前不生成控制输出),而其他一些系统功能可能保持“关闭”模式并通过不同的方式进行命令。

5.5.2.2.When the system is switched to ‘off’ mode by the driver, there shall not be an automatic transition to any system which provides continuous longitudinal and/or lateral movement of the vehicle.
5.5.2.2. 当驾驶员将系统切换到“关闭”模式时,不得自动过渡到任何提供车辆连续纵向和/或横向移动的系统。

5.5.2.3.When the system is in ‘active’ mode, sustained longitudinal and lateral control assistance shall not be provided by any other system other than DCAS, unless an intervention of an emergency safety system is deemed necessary as specified in paragraph 5.2.
5.5.2.3. 当系统处于“主动”模式时,除 DCAS 外,任何其他系统不得提供持续的纵向和横向控制援助,除非根据第 5.2 段的规定认为有必要进行紧急安全系统的干预。

5.5.2.4.The HMI shall be designed not to cause mode confusion with other systems equipped on the vehicle.
5.5.2.4. HMI 的设计应不会导致与车辆上配备的其他系统混淆模式。

5.5.2.4.1.Without prejudice to the provisions of UN Regulation No. 121, the vehicle controls dedicated to the DCAS shall be clearly identified and distinguishable (e.g., through size, form, colour, type, action, spacing and/or control shape) to accommodate only the appropriate interactions. This provision aims to promote correct use and is not intended to prohibit multifunction controls.
5.5.2.4.1. 在不影响联合国第 121 号条例规定的情况下,专用于 DCAS 的车辆控制装置应明确识别和区分(例如,通过尺寸、形状、颜色、类型、动作、间距和/或控制形状),以仅适应适当的相互作用。本规定旨在促进正确使用,并非旨在禁止多功能控制。

5.5.3.Activation, Deactivation and Driver Override
5.5.3. 激活、停用和驱动程序覆盖

5.5.3.1.The default status of the system shall be the ‘off’ mode at each initiation of the powertrain3, regardless of what mode the driver had previously selected.
5.5.3.1. 无论驾驶员之前选择了哪种模式,系统在动力总成 3 每次启动时的默认状态都应为“关闭”模式。

A new engine start (or run cycle), which is performed automatically, e.g., the operation of a stop/start system, shall not be considered an “initiation of the powertrain” wherever that term is used in this regulation.
自动执行的新发动机启动(或运行循环),例如停止/启动系统的运行,无论在本法规中使用该术语,都不应被视为“动力总成的启动”。

5.5.3.2.Activation
5.5.3.2. 激活

5.5.3.2.1.At the latest when the system first enters ‘active’ mode following an initiation of the powertrain, the system shall provide visual information to the driver requesting them to remain engaged with the driving task while using the system.
5.5.3.2.1.迟在动力总成启动后系统首次进入“主动”模式时,系统应向驾驶员提供视觉信息,要求他们在使用系统时继续参与驾驶任务。

5.5.3.2.2.The system shall change its mode from ‘off’ to ‘on’ only upon a deliberate action of the driver.
5.5.3.2.2. 只有在驾驶员故意采取行动时,系统才应将其模式从“关闭”更改为“打开”。

5.5.3.2.3.The system or its features shall only enter ‘active’ mode if all of the following conditions are met:
5.5.3.2.3.系统或其功能只有在满足以下所有条件时才进入“主动”模式:

(a)The driver is in the driver seat and the driver’s safety belt is fastened;
(a) 驾驶员坐在驾驶员座位上,驾驶员安全带系好;

(b)The system is able to monitor the driver’s potential disengagement with the driving task;
(b) 系统能够监测驾驶员可能脱离驾驶任务的情况;

(c)No failure affecting the safe operation of the system has been detected;
(c) 未检测到影响系统安全运行的故障;

(d)The system or feature has not detected to be outside of its system boundaries;
(d) 系统或要素未检测到超出其系统边界;

(e)Other safety systems according to paragraph 5.2. are functional.
(e) 第 5.2 款规定的其他安全系统是有效的。

The manufacturer shall specify in the documentation additional types of preconditions enabling the system or its features to enter ‘active’ mode, if applicable.
制造商应在文档中指定其他类型的先决条件,使系统或其功能能够进入“主动”模式(如果适用)。

5.5.3.3.Deactivation
5.5.3.3. 停用

5.5.3.3.1.It shall be possible for the driver to switch the system to ‘off‘ mode at any time.
5.5.3.3.1. 驾驶员可以随时将系统切换到“关闭”模式。

5.5.3.3.2.When the driver switches the system or one of its features off, the system or feature respectively shall go to ‘off’ mode.
5.5.3.3.2. 当驱动程序关闭系统或其功能之一时,系统或功能应分别进入“关闭”模式。

5.5.3.3.3.When the system or a feature thereof has assessed that the preconditions for remaining in ‘active’ mode are no longer met, the system or features shall terminate the control output in a safe and timely manner by either transitioning to ‘stand-by’ mode, or by switching the system or feature to ‘off’ mode, unless specifically defined otherwise by this Regulation.
5.5.3.3.3. 当系统或其功能评估不再满足保持“活动”模式的先决条件时,系统或功能应通过过渡到“待机”模式或将系统或功能切换到“关闭”模式,以安全、及时的方式终止控制输出,除非本规则另有明确规定。

5.5.3.3.4.The system shall not resume longitudinal control without driver input if the vehicle comes to a standstill following an intervention by an emergency safety system (e.g., AEBS).
5.5.3.3.4. 如果车辆在紧急安全系统(例如 AEBS)干预后停止,则系统不得在没有驾驶员输入的情况下恢复纵向控制。

5.5.3.4.Driver Override
5.5.3.4. 驱动程序覆盖

5.5.3.4.1.The system or feature may remain in ‘active’ mode, provided that priority is given to the driver input during the overriding period.
5.5.3.4.1. 系统或功能可以保持“活动”模式,前提是在覆盖期间优先考虑驱动程序输入。

5.5.3.4.1.1.A driver input to the braking control resulting in a higher deceleration than that induced by the system shall override and suspend the longitudinal control assistance provided by the system during the overriding period.
5.5.3.4.1.1. 驾驶员输入制动控制,导致减速高于系统引起的减速,应覆盖并 暂停系统在覆盖期间提供的纵向控制辅助。

5.5.3.4.1.1.1. The system shall not resume longitudinal control assistance without a separate action by the driver, however, the system may provide the longitudinal control assistance in order to avoid inappropriate distances to other road users.
5.5.3.4.1.1.1 . 未经驾驶员单独作,系统不得恢复纵向控制辅助,但是,系统 可以提供纵向控制辅助,以避免与其他道路使用者保持不适当的距离。

If the driver input results in a speed reduction of not more than 30km/h within 2 seconds, the system may resume longitudinal control assistance without a separate action by the driver.
如果驾驶员输入导致 30 秒内车速降低不超过 2 公里/小时,则系统可能会恢复 纵向控制辅助,而无需驾驶员单独作。

5.5.3.4.1.1.2.Following resumption of longitudinal control assistance, the system may accelerate up to the current maximum speed. The rate of increase of acceleration shall be gradual (i.e. with low jerk) and controllable in accordance with paragraph 5.3.6.
5.5.3.4.1.1.2. 在恢复纵向控制辅助后,系统可以加速到当前的最大速度。速度的增加率应是渐进的(即低颠簸)并可根据第 5.3.6 段进行控制。

5.5.3.4.1.2.A driver input to the control of any braking system (e.g., service brake, parking brake) in order to maintain the vehicle at standstill, shall override the longitudinal control assistance performed by the system.
5.5.3.4.1.2. 驾驶员使车辆保持静止状态而输入任何制动系统(例如行车制动器、驻车制动器)的控制器,应优先于系统执行的纵向控制辅助

5.5.3.4.1.3.An accelerator input by the driver with a higher acceleration than that induced by the system shall override longitudinal control assistance provided by the system. The system shall resume longitudinal control assistance on the basis of the current maximum speed.
5.5.3.4.1.3. 驾驶员输入的加速器加速度高于系统引起的加速度,应优先于系统提供的纵向控制辅助。系统应在当前最大速度的基础上恢复纵向控制辅助。

5.5.3.4.1.4.A steering input by the driver shall override any feature associated with the lateral control assistance performed by the system. The steering control effort necessary to override shall not exceed 50 N. The system may allow for the driver to perform minor lateral corrections (e.g. to avoid a pothole).
5.5.3.4.1.4. 驾驶员的转向输入应覆盖与系统执行的横向控制辅助相关的任何功能。超控所需的转向控制力不应超过 50 N。该系统可能允许驾驶员执行轻微的横向校正(例如,避免坑洼)。

5.5.3.4.1.4.1.When the driver override occurs while the system is performing a manoeuvre, the manoeuvre shall be terminated unless the steering input is in support of the intended manoeuvre and/or providing minor lateral corrections.
5.5.3.4.1.4.1. 当系统执行机动时发生驾驶员超控时,应终止机动,除非转向输入支持预期机动和/或提供轻微的横向修正。

5.5.3.4.1.5.If according to paragraph 5.3.7.4.4. the system is no longer permitted to provide longitudinal or lateral assistance in response to driver override, the system shall be designed to ensure controllability of these phases of operation (e.g. not terminating lateral control while the driver is detected to be motorically disengaged).
5.5.3.4.1.5. 如果根据第 5.3.7.4.4 段的规定,系统不再被允许提供纵向或横向辅助以响应驾驶员超控,系统的设计应确保作的 SE 阶段的可控性 (例如,在检测到驾驶员被机动脱离时不终止横向控制)。

5.5.4.Driver Information, Driver Disengagement and Warning Strategies
5.5.4. 驾驶员信息、驾驶员脱离和警告策略

5.5.4.1.Driver Information
5.5.4.1. 驱动程序信息

5.5.4.1.1.The system shall inform or warn the driver about:
5.5.4.1.1. 系统应告知或警告驾驶员:

(a)The status of the system or feature: ‘stand-by’ mode (if applicable), ‘active’ mode;
(a) 系统或功能的状态:“待机”模式(如适用)、“活动”模式;

(b)Status of an ongoing manoeuvre (e.g., initiation, cancellation or if it will be recommenced after the vehicle is forced to come to a stop during the manoeuvre);
(b) 正在进行的演习的状态(例如,开始、取消或在车辆在演习过程中被迫停下来后是否会重新开始);

(c)The need for the driver to perform a specific action (e.g. apply control, check indirect vision devices);
(c) 驾驶员需要执行特定作(例如应用控制、检查间接视觉设备);

(d)If while in ‘active’ mode the system has detected to have reached a currently relevant system boundary, unless already indicated by (a);
(d) 如果系统在处于“活动”模式下检测到已达到当前相关的系统边界,除非(a)已指出;

(e)A detected upcoming system boundary;
(e) 检测到的即将发生的系统边界;

(f)Detected failures affecting the system or its features, unless the system is in ‘off’ mode;
(f) 检测到影响系统或其功能的故障,除非系统处于“关闭”模式;

(g)Intended driver-confirmed or system-initiated manoeuvres;
(g) 预期的驾驶员确认或系统发起的作 ;

5.5.4.1.2.The system messages and signals shall be unambiguous, timely and shall not lead to confusion.
5.5.4.1.2. 系统消息和信号应明确、及时,不会导致混淆。

5.5.4.1.3.The system’s messages and signals shall use individual or an appropriate combination of visual, audio and/or haptic feedback for the given circumstances.
5.5.4.1.3. 系统的消息和信号应针对特定情况使用单独或适当的视觉、音频和/或触觉反馈组合。

5.5.4.1.4.In the case of multiple messages or signals being offered in parallel, they shall be subject to prioritization by urgency. Safety-relevant messages and signals shall be given the greatest urgency. The manufacturer shall list and explain all system messages and signals in the documentation.
5.5.4.1.4. 如果同时提供多个电文或信号,则应按紧急程度确定优先次序。应给予与安全相关的信息和信号的最大紧迫性。制造商应在文档中列出并解释所有系统消息和信号。

5.5.4.1.5.The system’s messages and signals shall be designed to actively encourage driver understanding of the state of the system, its capabilities and the driver’s tasks and responsibilities.
5.5.4.1.5. 系统的信息和信号的设计应积极鼓励驾驶员了解系统的状态、功能以及驾驶员的任务和责任。

5.5.4.1.6.The system’s messages and signals shall encourage driver understanding of system’s intended control outputs.
5.5.4.1.6. 系统的消息和信号应鼓励驾驶员理解系统的预期控制输出。

5.5.4.1.7.The system’s overall status indication shall be unambiguously distinguishable from the status indication of any ADS equipped on the vehicle.
5.5.4.1.7. 系统的整体状态指示应与车辆上配备的任何 ADS 的状态指示明确区分开来。

5.5.4.1.8.System Messages and Signals for Driver-Confirmed Manoeuvres
5.5.4.1.8. 驾驶员确认作的系统消息和信号

5.5.4.1.8.1.The system shall visually inform the driver about a proposed manoeuvre. If informing about a series of manoeuvres, then it shall be a combination that is comprehensible to the driver and of a connected series. The manufacturer shall explain to the Type Approval Authority the timing at which this information is provided to ensure appropriate driver response.
5.5.4.1.8.1. 系统应直观地通知驾驶员拟议的作。如果告知一系列作,则它应该是驾驶员可以理解的组合和连接的系列。制造商应向型式认可机构解释提供此信息的时间,以确保驾驶员做出适当的反应。

5.5.4.1.8.2.The direction indicators shall not be deemed to satisfy this requirement.
5.5.4.1.8.2. 方向指示器不应被视为满足这一要求。

5.5.4.1.8.3.The system’s signals and messages shall be designed to avoid driver overreliance or misuse.
5.5.4.1.8.3. 系统的信号和消息应设计为避免驾驶员过度依赖或误用。

5.5.4.1.9.System Messages and Signals for System-Initiated Manoeuvres
5.5.4.1.9. 系统启动作的系统消息和信号

5.5.4.1.9.1.The provisions 5.5.4.1.8. shall equally apply.
5.5.4.1.9.1. 5.5.4.1.8. 规定同样适用。

5.5.4.1.9.2.The system shall aim to provide information ahead of the initiation of a relevant intended manoeuvre with sufficient notice to allow the driver to comprehend the manoeuvre and the traffic situation, taking into account the complexity of the manoeuvre and amount of other road users present. If there is a risk of imminent collision or it would conflict with the information about an ongoing manoeuvre, the time may be reduced and system shall visually inform the driver as far in advance as possible.
5.5.4.1.9.2. 系统应旨在在相关预期作开始之前提供信息,并充分通知驾驶员,使驾驶员能够理解作和交通状况,同时考虑到作的复杂性和在场其他道路使用者的数量。如果存在即将发生碰撞的风险或与正在进行的作的信息相冲突,则可以缩短时间,并且系统应尽可能提前直观地通知驾驶员。

In addition, the initiation of a lane change procedure shall be announced by another modality unless the system has assessed that the driver has observed the visual information.
此外,除非系统评估驾驶员已观察到视觉信息,否则应通过另一种方式宣布变道程序的启动。

5.5.4.1.9.3.Provided the system is capable of performing system-initiated manoeuvres, the system shall indicate to the driver whether in the current mode of operation, manoeuvres could be initiated automatically, or only upon driver initiation or confirmation.
5.5.4.1.9.3. 如果系统能够执行系统启动的作,系统应向驾驶员指示在当前作模式下,是否可以自动启动作,还是仅在驾驶员启动或确认后启动。

5.5.4.2.Driver State Monitoring and Warning Strategies
5.5.4.2. 驾驶员状态监控和警告策略

The driver state monitoring system and its warning strategy shall be documented and demonstrated by the manufacturer to the Type Approval Authority during the inspection of the safety concept as part of the assessment to Annex 3 and according to the relevant tests of Annex 4.
作为附件 3 评估的一部分,制造商应根据附件 4 的相关测试,在安全概念检查期间记录并向型式认可机构证明驾驶员状态监控系统及其警告策略。

5.5.4.2.1.Driver Disengagement Monitoring
5.5.4.2.1. 驾驶员脱离监控

The system shall be equipped with means to appropriately detect driver disengagement as specified in the following paragraphs.
该系统应配备以下各段规定的适当检测驾驶员脱离的方法。

5.5.4.2.1.1.The system shall monitor if the driver is motorically (as per paragraph 5.5.4.2.4.) and visually (as per paragraph 5.5.4.2.5.) disengaged.
5.5.4.2.1.1. 系统应监测驾驶员是否驾驶( 根据第 5.5.4.2.4 段)和视觉(根据第 5.5.4.2.5 段 )是否使用。

5.5.4.2.1.2.If visual disengagement determination is detected to be temporarily unavailable, the system shall not lead the vehicle to leave its current lane of travel.
5.5.4.2.1.2. 如果检测到目视脱离确定暂时不可用,则系统不应导致车辆离开其当前行驶车道。

5.5.4.2.2.General Requirements for Driver Disengagement Warnings
5.5.4.2.2. 驾驶员脱离警告的一般要求

5.5.4.2.2.1.The warning shall guide the driver on the required actions in order to support appropriate engagement in the driving task.
5.5.4.2.2.1. 警告应指导驾驶员采取必要的行动,以支持适当地参与驾驶任务。

5.5.4.2.2.3. The system’s warning and escalation strategy shall consider for and prioritize warning strategies of simultaneously activated emergency assistance systems (e.g. AEBS).
5.5.4.2.2.3. 系统的预警和上报战略应考虑并优先考虑同时启动的紧急援助系统(例如 AEBS)的预警策略。

5.5.4.2.3.Types of Warnings
5.5.4.2.3. 警告类型

5.5.4.2.3.1.Hands On Request (HOR)
5.5.4.2.3.1. 动手请求 (HOR)

5.5.4.2.3.1.1.An HOR shall contain at least a continual (continuous or intermittent) visual information similar to the presented in the example below.
5.5.4.2.3.1.1.HOR至少包含类似于下例中介绍的连续(连续或间歇性)视觉信息。

5.5.4.2.3.1.2.An HOR, as a minimum, shall be considered confirmed when the driver is no longer motorically disengaged.
5.5.4.2.3.1.2. 当驾驶员不再机动脱离时,至少应视为确认 HOR

5.5.4.2.3.2.Eyes On Request (EOR)
5.5.4.2.3.2. 按需关注 (EOR)

5.5.4.2.3.2.1.An EOR shall be a continual visual information in combination with at least one other modality which are clear and easily perceptible, unless it can be ensured that the driver has observed the visual information.
5.5.4.2.3.2.1.EOR 应是连续视觉信息,并结合至少一种清晰易察的其他方式, 除非能够确保驾驶员已经观察到视觉信息。

5.5.4.2.3.2.2.An EOR shall, as a minimum, be considered confirmed when the driver is no longer visually disengaged as per paragraph 5.5.4.2.5.
5.5.4.2.3.2.2.根据第 5.5.4.2.5 段,当驾驶员不再在视觉上脱离时,至少应被视为已确认的 EOR。

5.5.4.2.3.3.Direct Control Alert (DCA)
5.5.4.2.3.3. 直接控制警报 (DCA)

5.5.4.2.3.3.1.A DCA shall clearly and prominently instruct the driver to immediately resume at least lateral control of the vehicle. It shall comprise of a visual warning combined with at least one other modality which are clear and easily perceptible.
5.5.4.2.3.3.1. DCA明确和显着地指示驾驶员立即至少恢复 车辆的控制。它应包括视觉警告和至少一种清晰易察的其他方式。

5.5.4.2.3.3.2.A DCA shall, as a minimum, be considered confirmed when the driver has taken control of the vehicle without any continuous lateral assistance as requested by the DCA.
5.5.4.2.3.3.2. 当驾驶员在没有按照 DCA 的要求进行任何持续横向协助的情况下控制车辆时 DCA 至少被视为已确认。

5.5.4.2.4.Assessment of Motoric Disengagement
5.5.4.2.4.运动脱离的评估

5.5.4.2.4.1.The driver shall be deemed to be motorically disengaged when the driver has removed their hands from the steering control.
5.5.4.2.4.1. 当驾驶员将手从转向控制装置上移开时,应视为驾驶员在机动上脱离。

5.5.4.2.5.Assessment of Visual Disengagement
5.5.4.2.5. 视觉脱离的评估

5.5.4.2.5.1.The driver state monitoring system shall detect the driver’s visual disengagement at a minimum based on the detection of the driver’s eye gaze. Head posture may also be used if the driver’s eye gaze can temporarily not be determined, or where the head posture can determine the disengagement more quickly.
5.5.4.2.5.1. 驾驶员状态监控系统应根据对驾驶员眼睛注视的检测,至少检测驾驶员的视觉脱离 如果暂时无法确定驾驶员的眼睛注视 或者头部姿势可以更快地确定脱离 ,也可以使用头部姿势

5.5.4.2.5.2.The driver shall be deemed to be visually disengaged when the driver’s eye gaze and/or head posture, as relevant, is directed away from any currently driving task relevant area.
5.5.4.2.5.2. 当驾驶员的视线和/或头部姿势(如相关)离任何当前驾驶任务相关区域时,驾驶员应被视为在视觉上脱离。

An outline of the driving task relevant areas, and when they are relevant, shall be specified by the manufacturer in the documentation provided to the Type Approval Authority. For the purpose of the assessment of visual disengagement, the dashboard and instrument panel shall not be considered as a driving task relevant area.
制造商应在提供给型式认可机构的文件中指定驾驶任务相关领域的概述以及何时相关。为了评估视觉脱离,仪表板和仪表板不应被视为与驾驶任务相关的区域。

5.5.4.2.5.2.1.The driver shall be deemed to be visually engaged or reengaged following an aversion of eye gaze or head posture if either are re-directed towards any currently driving task relevant area for a sufficient duration depending on the situation. The duration shall be at least 200 milliseconds.
5.5.4.2.5.2.1. 如果驾驶员在视线或头部姿势的厌恶后被视为在视觉上参与或重新参与,则根据情况将任何当前驾驶任务相关区域重新引导至任何当前驾驶任务相关区域足够长的时间。持续时间应至少为 200 毫秒。

5.5.4.2.5.2.2.An outline of the sufficient duration depending on the situation shall be specified by the manufacturer in the documentation provided to the Type Approval Authority.
5.5.4.2.5.2.2. 制造商应根据情况在提供给型式认可机构的文件中规定足够持续时间的概述。

5.5.4.2.5.3.The system shall be designed to address the detection and response to multiple subsequent short aversions of eye gaze or head posture by the driver (e.g. increased reengagement time and/or immediate issuing of an EOR). This functionality shall be documented and explained by the manufacturer to the Type Approval Authority.
5.5.4.2.5.3. 该系统的设计应解决驾驶员随后多次短暂的眼睛凝视或头部姿势的厌恶(例如增加重新接合时间和/或立即发出 EOR)的检测和响应问题。 制造商应记录此功能并由型式认可机构解释。

5.5.4.2.6.Warning Escalation Sequence
5.5.4.2.6.警告报序列

Depending on the safety concept of the system, the warning escalation sequence described below may start directly at any of the warning stages, skip any of the warning stages, provide simultaneous warnings, or supress or delay individual warnings in case another warning is already active.
根据系统的安全概念,下面描述的警告升级序列可能会直接从任何警告阶段开始,跳过任何警告阶段,同时提供警告,或者在另一个警告已经处于活动状态时抑制或延迟单个警告。

5.5.4.2.6.1.Hands On Requests
5.5.4.2.6.1. 动手请求

5.5.4.2.6.1.1At speeds above 10 km/h a HOR shall be given latest when driver is deemed motorically disengaged for more than 5 seconds.However, the HOR may be delayed for a period of up to 5 seconds as long as the system can confirm that the driver is not visually disengaged.
5.5.4.2.6.1.1 当速度超过 10 公里/小时时,当驾驶员被认为机动脱离超过 5 秒时,应给予最晚的 HOR。 但是, 只要系统能够确认驾驶员在视觉上没有脱离,HOR 可能会延迟长达 5 秒。

5.5.4.2.6.1.2.In the event of continued disengagement, the HOR request shall be escalated latest 10 seconds after the initial HOR. The escalated HOR shall contain an additional acoustic and/or haptic information.
5.5.4.2.6.1.2. 如果继续脱离接触,则 HOR 请求应在初始 HOR 后最晚 10 秒上报。升级后的 HOR 应包含额外的声学和/或触觉信息。

5.5.4.2.6.1.3.The initiation of an HOR may be withheld in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 5.5.4.2.6.5.
5.5.4.2.6.1.3. 根据第 5.5.4.2.6.5 段的规定,可以暂缓启动 HOR。

5.5.4.2.6.1.4.The system shall be designed to avoid misuse (e.g., nudging the steering wheel in response to an HOR without becoming, as requested by the system, motorically engaged).
5.5.4.2.6.1.4. 系统的设计应避免误用(例如,响应 HOR 轻推方向盘,而不会按照系统要求成为机动接合)。

5.5.4.2.6.2.Eyes On Requests
5.5.4.2.6.2. 关注请求

5.5.4.2.6.2.1.At speeds above 10 km/h an EOR shall be given latest when the driver is deemed visually disengaged for 5 seconds.
5.5.4.2.6.2.1.当车速超过 10 公里/小时时,当驾驶员被视为视觉脱离 5 秒时,应给予最晚的 EOR。

5.5.4.2.6.2.2.Following an EOR, if the driver has been deemed visually reengaged according to paragraph 5.5.4.2.5.2.1 and subsequently starts to be visually disengaged again for at least 1 second within the following 2 seconds, an EOR shall be given immediately.
5.5.4.2.6.2.2.在 EOR 之后,如果驾驶员根据第 5.5.4.2.5.2.1 段被视为在视觉上重新参与,随后在接下来的 2 秒内再次开始视觉上脱离至少 1 秒,则应立即给予 EOR。

5.5.4.2.6.2.3. In the event of continued visual disengagement, the EOR shall be escalated at the latest 3 seconds after the initial EOR according to the warning strategy with increased intensity. The escalated EOR shall always contain acoustic and/or haptic information.
5.5.4.2.6.2.3. 如果继续视觉脱离,EOR 应在初始 EOR 后最迟 3 秒根据强度增加的警告策略升级。升级的 EOR 应始终包含声学和/或触觉信息

5.5.4.2.6.3.Direct Control Alerts
5.5.4.2.6.3. 直接控制警报

5.5.4.2.6.3.1. At the latest 5 seconds following an escalation of the EOR, a DCA shall be presented to the driver.
5.5.4.2.6.3.1. 在 EOR 升级后最迟 5 秒内,应向驾驶员出示 DCA。

5.5.4.2.6.4.Transition to Driver Unavailability Response
5.5.4.2.6.4. 过渡到驱动程序不可用响应

5.5.4.2.6.4.1If the system determines the driver to continue to be disengaged following a warning escalation, the system shall initiate a driver unavailability response at the latest 10 seconds after the first escalated request or DCA.
5.5.4.2.6.4.1 如果系统确定驱动程序在警告升级后继续脱离,则系统应在第一次升级请求或 DCA 后最迟 10 秒启动驱动程序不可用响应。

5.5.4.2.6.5.Withholding of HORs
5.5.4.2.6.5. 预扣 HOR。

The system may withhold HORs when the vehicle is located on a “Highway” and is operated at a speed up to 130 km/h. As outlined in paragraph 5.3.5.2., the manufacturer shall describe in detail, as part of the documentation required for section 9, the boundary conditions under which HORs can be withheld.
当车辆位于“高速公路”上并以高达 130 公里/小时的速度运行时, 该系统可能会扣留 HOR。 如第 5.3.5.2 段所述,制造商应详细描述,作为第 9 节所需文件的一部分,可以扣留 HOR 的边界条件。

Whilst in this mode of operation, the following subparagraphs shall apply:
在此作模式下,应适用以下各项:

5.5.4.2.6.5.1.In case of a detected upcoming boundary condition which requires an HOR, this HOR shall be given at the latest 5 seconds in advance of reaching the boundary condition(s).
5.5.4.2.6.5.1. 如果检测到需要 HOR 的即将到来的边界条件,则 该 HOR 应最迟在达到边界条件前 5 秒给出。

For situations not detected 5 seconds in advance, a DCA shall be issued unless lateral assistance will still be provided after the driver is motorically reengaged. Where a DCA is not issued, an HOR shall be issued upon detection of the upcoming boundary condition(s).
对于未提前 5 秒检测到的情况,应发出 DCA,除非在驾驶员重新机动接合后仍会提供横向援助。如未发出定居通知书,则须在发现即将出现的边界条件后发出定居通知书。

In addition to the requirements of paragraph 5.3.6., for those situations not detected 5 seconds in advance, the vehicle manufacturer shall demonstrate the controllability of such situations to the Type Approval Authority during the inspection of the safety concept.
除第5.3.6款的要求外,对于未提前5秒检测到的情况,车辆制造商应在安全概念检查期间向型式认可机构证明此类情况的可控性。

5.5.4.2.6.5.2.The system shall issue an HOR or DCA as appropriate upon reaching the system boundaries due to a driver override of the longitudinal control by acceleration.
5.5.4.2.6.5.2. 由于驾驶员通过加速度覆盖纵向控制,系统应在达到系统边界时酌情发出 HOR 或 DCA

5.5.4.2.6.5.3. If the system has the ability to suppress accelerator input in order to avoid exceeding the system boundaries, the driver shall be able to override this.
5.5.4.2.6.5.3. 如果系统能够抑制加速器输入以避免超出系统边界,则驱动程序应能够覆盖此作。

5.5.4.2.6.5.4.Notwithstanding paragraph 5.5.4.2.6.2.1., an EOR shall be given at the latest when the driver has been deemed visually disengaged for the relevant time period according to the table below.
5.5.4.2.6.5.4. 尽管有第 5.5.4.2.6.2.1 段的规定,但根据下表,最迟应在驾驶员在相关时间段内被视为视觉脱离时给予 EOR。

Vehicle Speed (km/h)
车速(公里/小时)

Latest EOR timing (s)
最新的 EOR 时间

130 km/h
130公里/小时

3.5

10 km/h to 60 km/h
10 公里/小时至 60 公里/小时

5.0


For vehicle speeds values between 60 km/h and 130 km/h, a linear interpolation shall be used to calculate the corresponding EOR timing.
对于 60 公里/小时至 130 公里/小时之间的车速值,应使用线性插值来计算相应的 EOR 计时。

5.5.4.2.6.5.5.The system shall be designed to determine when there has been no deviation in eye gaze (or movement of head position when this is being used to determine visual engagement) for a significant period of time. An EOR shall be issued in this case. These strategies shall be documented and explained by the manufacturer to the Type Approval Authority.
5.5.4.2.6.5.5. 该系统的设计应确定在很长一段时间内眼睛注视(或头部位置的移动,当用于确定视觉参与时)何时没有偏差。在这种情况下,应签发 EOR。制造商应记录这些策略并由型式认可机构解释。

5.5.4.2.6.5.6.The system shall inform the driver whether HORs are currently being withheld or not in a clearly distinguishable way. This information shall be designed to not actively promote that the driver should remove their hands from the steering control (i.e., an indication of a steering wheel without hands is not considered to violate this requirement).
5.5.4.2.6.5.6. 系统应以清晰可区分的方式告知驾驶员当前是否扣留了 HOR。此信息的设计不应主动宣传驾驶员应将手从转向控制装置上移开(即,方向盘没有手的指示不被视为违反此要求)。

5.5.4.2.7.Additional Strategies for Disengagement Detection and Re-Engagement Support
5.5.4.2.7. 脱离检测和重新接触支持的其他策略

The driver state monitoring system shall be equipped with strategies to assess whether the driver is disengaged in the event that no driver input has been determined over prolonged periods (e.g. through a negative determination of driver drowsiness), and implement appropriate countermeasures.
驾驶员状态监测系统应配备策略,以评估在长时间内没有确定驾驶员输入的情况下(例如通过对驾驶员困倦的负面确定)驾驶员是否脱离,并实施适当的对策。

5.5.4.2.8.Repeated or Prolonged Driver Disengagement
5.5.4.2.8. 重复或长时间的驾驶员脱离

5.5.4.2.8.1.The system shall be disabled for a period of at least 30 minutes whilst the powertrain3 is active when the driver is detected to have insufficient engagement.
5.5.4.2.8.1. 当检测到驾驶员接合不足时 ,当动力总成 3 处于活动状态时,系统应禁用至少 30 分钟。

5.5.4.2.8.2.The driver is deemed to have insufficient engagement when this leads to:
5.5.4.2.8.2. 当驾驶员出现以下情况时,该驾驶员被视为参与不足:

(a)One unavailability response initiation;
(a) 一次不可用响应发起;

(b)At most 2 DCAs due to prolonged insufficient engagement; or
(b) 由于长时间的参与不足,最多 2 个 DCA;或

(c)At most 3 engagement request escalations.
(c) 最多 3 次接触请求升级。

For (a) and (b), counting is reset when the system is no longer disabled.
对于 (a) 和 (b),当系统不再禁用时,计数将重置。

For (c), this is determined over a rolling time window of 30 minutes during the activation of the powertrain.
对于 (c),这是在动力总成激活期间的 30 分钟滚动时间窗口内确定的。

5.5.4.2.8.3.The driver is also deemed to have insufficient engagement if there are repeated EOR or HOR due to driver disengagement within a given time period. The number of warnings and the time interval over which these are counted shall be defined by the manufacturer and justified to the Type Approval Authority.
5.5.4.2.8.3. 如果在给定时间段内由于驾驶员脱离而重复出现 EOR 或 HOR,则驾驶员也被视为参与不足。警告的数量和计算警告的时间间隔应由制造商定义,并向型式认可机构证明其合理性。

5.5.4.2.8.4.When the system is disabled due to insufficient engagement by the driver, at the latest upon the deactivation of the powertrain, the system shall request that the driver reads the driver information material as outlined in paragraph 5.6.
5.5.4.2.8.4. 当系统因驾驶员参与不足而禁用时,最迟在动力总成停用后,系统应要求驾驶员阅读第 5.6 段中概述的驾驶员信息材料。

5.6.Driver Information Materials
5.6. 驾驶员信息资料

In addition to the user manual the manufacturer shall provide clear and easily accessible information (e.g. documentation, video, website materials) free of charge regarding system operation on the specific vehicle type.
除了用户手册外,制造商还应免费提供有关特定车辆类型系统作的清晰且易于访问的信息(例如文档、视频、网站材料)。


The information shall cover at least the following aspects using terminology that is understandable by a non-technical audience:
信息应至少涵盖以下方面,使用非技术受众可以理解的术语:

(a)Reminder of the driver’s responsibilities and appropriate use of the system;
(a) 提醒驾驶员的责任和适当使用系统;

(b)Explanation on how and to which extent the system and its features assist the driver;
(b) 解释系统及其功能如何以及在多大程度上帮助驾驶员;

(c)System capabilities and limitations;
(c) 系统能力和局限性;

(d)System Boundaries;
(d) 系统边界;

(e)Modes of operation and transition between modes;
(e) 作模式和模式之间的过渡;

(f)Mode transition to other assistance or automated systems, if applicable;
(f) 向其他援助或自动化系统(如适用)过渡;

(g)Driver Disengagement Detection;
(g) 驾驶员脱离检测;

(h)Privacy Management when using the system;
(h) 使用系统时的隐私管理;

(i)Explanation on how to override the system or its features;
(i) 解释如何覆盖系统或其功能;

(j)Human-machine interface (HMI):
(j) 人机界面(HMI):

(i)Activation and deactivation;
(i) 激活和停用;

(ii)Status indication;
(二) 状态指示;

(iii)Messages and signals to the driver and their interpretation;
(iii) 向驾驶员发出的信息和信号及其解释;

(iv)Vehicle behaviour when reaching system boundaries;
(iv) 车辆到达系统边界时的行为;

(v)Vehicle behaviour when exceeding system boundaries;
(v) 车辆在超出系统边界时的行为;

(vi)Information on system failures;
(六) 关于系统故障的信息;

(vii)Information on system mode transition to other assistance or automated systems, if applicable.
(七) 关于系统模式过渡到其他辅助或自动化系统的信息(如适用)。

In the manufacturer’s documentation, including the educational materials (e.g. documentation, video, website materials) addressed to consumers, the manufacturer shall not describe the system in a manner that would mislead the customer about the capabilities and limits of the system or about its level of automation.
在制造商的文档中,包括面向消费者的教育材料(例如文档、视频、网站材料),制造商不得以误导客户了解系统功能和限制或其自动化水平的方式描述系统。

6.Additional Specifications for DCAS features
6. DCAS 功能的附加规范

The fulfilment of the provisions of this paragraph shall be demonstrated by the manufacturer to the Type Approval Authority during the inspection of the safety approach as part of the assessment to Annex 3 and according to the relevant tests in Annex 4.
作为附件 3 评估的一部分,制造商应在安全方法检查期间并根据附件 4 中的相关测试向型式认可机构证明本款规定的满足情况。

The system shall fulfil the requirements of paragraph 6 where applicable to the design of the system and relevant to the safety concept, when operated within its boundary conditions according to paragraphs 5.3.5.2.
该系统在根据第5.3.5.2款在边界条件下运行时,应符合第6款的要求,如适用于系统的设计和安全概念。

6.1.Specific requirements for positioning in the lane of travel
6.1. 行驶车道定位的具体要求

6.1.1.Increased lateral dynamics
6.1.1. 增加横向动力学

6.1.1.1.Notwithstanding the requirements in paragraph 5.3.7.1.2., for M1 and N1 category vehicles, the feature may be permitted to induce higher lateral acceleration values than 3 m/s² (e.g., in order to not disturb traffic flow), provided the following conditions are met:
6.1.1.1. 尽管有第 5.3.7.1.2 段的要求,但对于 M1 和 N1 类车辆,只要满足以下条件,该特征仍可引起高于 3 m/s²的横向加速度值(例如,为了不干扰交通流):

(a)The system provides visual information to the driver on the upcoming or ongoing driving situation which may potentially induce higher lateral acceleration than 3 m/s²; and
(a) 系统向驾驶员提供有关即将发生或正在进行的驾驶情况的视觉信息,这些情况可能会引起高于 3 米/秒的横向加速度;以及

(b)There is no disengagement warning being given to the driver; and
(b) 没有向司机发出脱离警告;

(c)The system operation remains predictable and controllable according to paragraph 5.3.6.;
(c) 根据第 5.3.6 段,系统运作仍然是可预测和可控的;

(d)The vehicle is travelling at the system-determined road speed limit or below; and
(d) 车辆以系统确定的道路速度限制或以下行驶;及

(e)The driver is not determined to be motorically disengaged.
(e) 驾驶员未被确定为机动脱离。

When any of the conditions are no longer met, the system shall implement strategies to ensure controllability.
当不再满足任何条件时,系统应实施确保可控性的策略。

6.1.1.2.The manufacturer shall demonstrate how the provisions of paragraph 6.1.1.1. are implemented in the system design to the Type Approval Authority.
6.1.1.2. 制造商应向型式认可机构证明如何在系统设计中实施第 6.1.1.1 段的规定。

6.1.2.Merging roads and slip roads on highways
6.1.2. 高速公路上的道路和支路的合并

6.1.2.1.If the system has the capability to assist in merging roads, the system shall aim to detect situations where the current lane of travel merges into another lane of travel (including slip roads), and shall be designed to ensure safe control in these situations accounting for road users in the neighbouring lane. If the system is designed to handle such a situation by performing a manoeuvre, this shall be in accordance with the provisions of this regulation.
6.1.2.1. 如果系统具有协助合并道路的能力,则系统应旨在检测当前行车道入另一条行车道(包括支路)的情况,并应设计为确保在这些情况下的安全控制,同时考虑到相邻车道的道路使用者。如果系统设计为通过执行作来处理这种情况,则应符合本条例的规定。

6.1.3.Leaving the lane to form an access corridor for emergency and enforcement vehicles.
6.1.3. 离开车道,形成紧急和执法车辆的通道。

6.1.3.1.If the system is capable of forming an access corridor for emergency and enforcement vehicles, the system shall only leave its current lane of travel to (pre-emptively) form an access corridor where this is required and allowed according to national traffic rules.
6.1.3.1. 如果系统能够为紧急车辆和执法车辆形成通道,则系统只能离开其当前行驶的车道,在根据国家交通规则要求和允许的情况下(先发制人地)形成通道走廊。

6.1.3.2.While forming an access corridor, the system shall ensure sufficient lateral and longitudinal distance to road boundaries, vehicles and other road users.
6.1.3.2. 在形成通道走廊时,系统应确保与道路边界、车辆和其他道路使用者有足够的横向和纵向距离。

6.1.3.3.The vehicle shall return completely to its original lane of travel once the situation that required this access corridor to be formed has passed.
6.1.3.3. 一旦需要形成该通道的情况过去,车辆应完全返回其原始行驶车道。

6.1.4. Lane positioning on roads without lane marking
6.1.4. 无车道标线道路上的车道定位

6.1.4.1.If the system is designed to perform lane positioning on roads without lane markings, it shall utilize other sources of information in order to robustly determine and pursue the appropriate trajectory in respect of other road users.
6.1.4.1. 如果系统设计为在没有车道标记的道路上进行车道定位,则该系统应利用其他信息来源,以便有力地确定并跟踪其他道路使用者的适当轨迹。

6.2.Specific Requirements for lane changes
6.2. 变道的具体要求

6.2.1.A lane change shall only be performed if the system has sufficient information about its surrounding to the front, side and rear in order to assess the criticality of that lane change.
6.2.1. 只有当系统有足够的关于其前部、侧面和后部周围环境的信息以评估变道的重要性时,才应进行变道。

6.2.2.A lane change shall not be performed towards a lane intended for traffic moving in the opposite direction.
6.2.2. 不得向向相反方向行驶的车辆的车道进行变道。

6.2.3.During the lane change manoeuvre, the system shall be designed to avoid a lateral acceleration of more than 1.5 m/s² in addition to the lateral acceleration generated by the lane curvature and avoid a total lateral acceleration in excess of 3.5 m/s².
6.2.3. 在变道机动过程中,系统的设计应避免除车道曲率产生的横向加速度外,还应避免横向加速度超过 1.5 m/s²,并避免总横向加速度超过 3.5 m/s²。

The moving average over half a second of the lateral jerk generated by the system shall not exceed 5 m/s3.
系统产生的横向抖动半秒以上的移动平均线不得超过 5 m/s3

6.2.4.A lane change manoeuvre shall only be started if a vehicle in the target lane is not forced to unmanageably decelerate due to the lane change of the vehicle.
6.2.4. 只有当目标车道上的车辆没有因车辆变道而被迫无法控制地减速时,才应开始变道作。

6.2.4.1.When there is an approaching vehicle.
6.2.4.1. 当有车辆驶近时

The system shall be designed to not make an approaching vehicle decelerate at a higher level than 3.0 m/s² in order to ensure that the distance between the two vehicles is never less than that which the DCAS vehicle travels in 1 second.
该系统的设计应使接近的车辆减速速度高于 3.0 m/s²,以确保两辆车之间的距离永远不会小于 DCAS 车辆在 1 秒内行驶的距离。

This assessment shall be performed with the assumptions that the approaching vehicle begins its deceleration:
该评估应假设接近的车辆开始减速:

(a)1.4 seconds after the system starts the lateral movement of the lane change procedure; and
(a) 系统开始变道程序的横向移动后 1.4 秒;以及

(b) Either:
(b)

(i) 0.4 seconds after the system starts the lane change manoeuvre, provided that the approaching vehicle was detected by the DCAS vehicle for a duration of at least 1.0 seconds immediately before the lane change manoeuvre starts; or
(i) 在系统开始变道作后 0.4 秒,前提是 DCAS 车辆在紧接变道作开始前检测到接近车辆至少 1.0 秒;或

(ii)1.4 seconds after the system starts the lane change manoeuvre.
(ii) 系统开始变道作后 1.4 秒。

6.2.4.2.When there is no vehicle detected
6.2.4.2. 当没有检测到车辆时

If no approaching vehicle is detected by the system in the target lane, the assessment shall be calculated as per paragraph 6.2.4.1. with the assumption that:
如果系统在目标车道上没有检测到接近的车辆,则应按照第 6.2.4.1 段计算评估。 假设:

(a)The approaching vehicle in the target lane is at a distance from the DCAS vehicle equal to the actual rearward detection range;
(a) 目标车道内接近的车辆与 DCAS 车辆的距离等于实际后方检测范围;

(b)The approaching vehicle in the target lane is travelling with the allowed maximum speed or 130 km/h, whichever is lower; and
(b) 目标车道内接近的车辆正以准许的最高时速或 130 公里/小时(以较低者为准)行驶;及

(c)The full width of the approaching vehicle is detected by the system during its lateral movement for at least 1 second.
(c) 系统在接近车辆的横向移动至少 1 秒时检测到其整个宽度。

When the target lane has just commenced, this requirement is deemed fulfilled if there is no vehicle detected along the length of the target lane to the rear.
当目标车道刚刚开始时,如果沿着目标车道的长度到后方没有检测到车辆,则视为满足此要求。

6.2.4.3.In case the system intends to decelerate the vehicle during a lane change procedure, this deceleration shall be factored in when assessing the distance to a vehicle approaching from the rear, and the deceleration shall not exceed 2 m/s2 except for the purpose of avoiding or mitigating the risk of an imminent collision.
6.2.4.3. 如果系统打算在变道过程中使车辆减速,则在评估与从后方接近的车辆的距离时应考虑该减速,并且减速不得超过 2 m/s 2 除非是为了避免或减轻即将发生碰撞的风险。

6.2.4.4.Where there is not sufficient headway time for the vehicle behind at the end of the lane change procedure, the system shall not increase the rate of deceleration for a least 2 seconds after the completion of the lane change procedure except in case this is necessary for nominal operation of the system (e.g., when responding to road infrastructure or other road users), or avoiding or mitigating the risk of an imminent collision.
6.2.4.4. 如果变道程序结束时后方车辆没有足够的前进时间,则系统在变道程序完成后至少 2 秒内不得增加减速率,除非这是系统标称运行所必需的(例如,在响应道路基础设施或其他道路使用者时), 或避免或减轻即将发生碰撞的风险。

6.2.5.The manufacturer shall demonstrate how the provisions of paragraph 6.2.4. are implemented in the system design to the Type Approval Authority.
6.2.5. 制造商应向型式认可机构证明如何在系统设计中实施第 6.2.4 段的规定。

6.2.6.The system shall generate a signal to activate the direction indicator unless already activated by the driver. The direction indicator signal shall remain active throughout the whole period of the lane change procedure and shall be deactivated by the system in a timely manner once the positioning in the lane of travel feature is resumed, unless the direction indicator control remains fully engaged (latched position).
6.2.6. 除非驾驶员已经激活了方向指示灯,否则系统应生成激活方向指示灯的信号。 方向指示灯信号应在变道程序的整个期间保持活动状态,并在恢复行驶车道功能中的定位后由系统及时停用,除非方向指示灯控制保持完全接合(锁定位置)。

6.2.7.A lane change procedure shall be indicated to other road users for at least 3 seconds prior to the start of the lane change manoeuvre. A shorter indication time is permitted where this is not in violation of national traffic rules in the country of operation, and sufficient notice of the manoeuvre is nevertheless given to other road users.
6.2.7. 变道作开始前,应向其他道路使用者指示变道程序至少 3 秒。如果这不违反运营国的国家交通规则,并且仍然向其他道路使用者发出足够的作通知,则允许缩短指示时间。

6.2.8.When the lane change procedure is suppressed by the system, it shall clearly inform the driver by means of an optical signal in combination with either an acoustic or haptic signal.
6.2.8. 当系统抑制变道程序时,应通过光信号与声音或触觉信号相结合的方式清楚地通知驾驶员。

6.2.9.Additional requirements for lane changes
6.2.9. 变道的附加要求

6.2.9.1.Additional requirements for driver-confirmed lane changes
6.2.9.1. 驾驶员确认变道的附加要求

6.2.9.1.1.The system shall aim not to make an approaching vehicle in the target lane unreasonably decelerate, particularly in the case where the lane change is not urgent (e.g., for the purpose of overtaking a slower moving vehicle). However, where making another vehicle in the target lane decelerate is necessary due to the traffic situation (e.g., current lane of travel is ending, where there is dense traffic in the target lane), the requirements of paragraph 6.2.4.1. shall apply.
6.2.9.1.1.系统应不使目标车道上的接近车辆不合理减速,特别是在变道不紧急的情况下(例如,为了超越行驶速度较慢的车辆)。但是,如果由于交通状况而需要使目标车道上的另一辆车减速(例如,当前行驶车道即将结束,目标车道上交通密集),则第 6.2.4.1 段的要求。应适用

A lane change procedure shall only be proposed if sufficient free space in the target lane is already available or can reasonably be expected to become available allowing a LCM to be executed according to the provisions of paragraph 6.2.4.
只有在目标车道上已经有足够的可用空间或可以合理预期可用时, 才应提出变道程序 ,从而允许根据第 6.2.4 段 的规定执行 LCM。

6.2.9.1.2.Notwithstanding the requirements in paragraph 6.2.4.2. (b), the approaching vehicle in the target lane is assumed to be travelling with the allowed maximum speed + 10% or 130 km/h, whichever is lower.
6.2.9.1.2. 尽管有第 6.2.4.2 段的要求。(b),假设目标车道上的接近车辆以允许的最高速度 + 10% 或 130 公里/小时行驶,以较低者为准。

6.2.9.2.Additional requirements for system-initiated lane changes
6.2.9.2. 系统启动变道的附加要求

6.2.9.2.1.The requirements outlined in paragraph 6.2.9.1. shall equally apply.
6.2.9.2.1. 第 6.2.9.1 段所述要求同样适用。

6.2.9.2.2.The system shall aim to detect restricted lanes of travel which restrict access to specific vehicle road users (e.g., bus, bike or taxi lanes) and shall aim to refrain from initiating lane changes to such lanes.
6.2.9.2.2. 该系统应旨在检测限制特定车辆道路使用者通行的限制行车道(例如公共汽车、自行车或出租车车道),并应旨在避免向此类车道变道。

6.2.9.3.Assisting lane changes on roads where there is no physical separation of traffic moving in opposite directions.
6.2.9.3. 在相反方向的车辆没有物理分隔的道路上协助变道

If the system is designed to assist lane changes on roads where there is no physical separation of traffic moving in the opposite direction, the system shall implement strategies to ensure that the lane change procedure is only performed into or via a lane where the target lane is not designated for oncoming traffic.
如果该系统旨在协助在相反方向移动的车辆没有物理分隔的道路上变道,则该系统应实施策略,以确保道程序仅进入或通过未指定目标车道的车道迎面而来的车辆。

These strategies shall be demonstrated to and assessed by the Technical Service according to the corresponding tests in Annex 4 during Type Approval.
在型式认可期间,应根据附件 4 中的相应测试向技术部门展示并评估这些策略。

6.2.9.4.Assisting lane changes on roads where pedestrians and/or bicycles are not prohibited.
6.2.9.4. 在不禁止行人和/或自行车通行的道路上协助变道

The system shall only be permitted to perform a lane change on roads with pedestrians and cyclists if the system is able to avoid causing risk of a collision with any vulnerable road user (such as pedestrians and cyclists).
只有当系统能够避免与任何弱势道路使用者(例如行人和骑自行车者)发生碰撞的风险时,系统才被允许在有行人和骑自行车者的道路上进行变道。

6.2.9.5.Assisting lane changes in situations where the lane change manoeuvre cannot be started within 7 seconds of the initiation of the lane change procedure.
6.2.9.5. 在变道程序启动后 7 秒内无法开始变道作的情况下协助变道

The time between initiation of the lane change procedure and start of the lane change manoeuvre is only permitted to be extended beyond 7 seconds where this is not in violation of national traffic rules.
变道程序开始和变道作开始之间的时间只允许延长超过 7 秒,前提是这不违反国家交通规则。

6.3.Specific requirements for other manoeuvres other than a lane change
6.3. 变道以外的其他作的具体要求

6.3.1.The provisions of this paragraph apply for manoeuvres which lead the vehicle to:
6.3.1. 本段的规定适用于导致车辆达到以下目的的机动:

(a)Select a lane where this manoeuvre is neither following the current lane of travel, nor a lane change; or
(a) 选择一条车道,该作既不遵循当前行驶车道,也不变道;或

(b)Navigate a roundabout by entering, navigating and exiting the roundabout; or
(b) 通过进入、导航和离开环形交叉路口来导航环形交叉路口;或

(c)Navigate around an obstruction in the lane of travel; or
(c) 绕过行车道上的障碍物 ;或

(d)Provide sufficient lateral distance to safely pass an object adjacent to the lane of travel (e.g., a cyclist in a cycle lane); or
(d) 提供足够的横向距离以安全地通过与行车道相邻的物体(例如,自行车道上的骑自行车者);或

(e)Take a turn (e.g. taking a turn at an intersection); or
(e) 转弯(例如在十字路口转弯);或

(f)Depart or arrive at a parked position.
(f) 离开或到达停车位置。

6.3.2.The system shall be designed to respond to vehicles, road users, infrastructure or a blocked path ahead which are already within or may enter the planned trajectory or the corresponding driving environment in order to ensure safe operation.
6.3.2. 该系统的设计能够响应已经或可能进入计划轨迹或相应驾驶环境的车辆、道路使用者、基础设施或前方阻塞的路径 ,以确保安全运行。

6.3.3.The system shall be designed to respond to traffic lights, stop signs, right-of-way infrastructure (such as zebra crossings or bus stops) and restricted lanes appropriate to the system’s given lane of travel, or the lane of travel the system would find itself in as a result of the manoeuvre where this is deemed relevant for the given manoeuvre and operating domain (e.g., highway or non-highway).
6.3.3. 系统应设计为响应交通信号灯、停车标志、通行权基础设施(例如斑马线或公交车站)和适合系统给定行驶车道的限制车道,或系统因纵而发现自己所处的行驶车道,如果这被认为与给定的纵和作域相关(例如, 高速公路或非高速公路)。

6.3.4.The system shall be designed to safely and cautiously navigate hillcrests where this is deemed relevant for the controllability the given manoeuvre.
6.3.4. 该系统的设计安全、谨慎地在山顶上航行,如果这被认为与给定作的可控性相关。

6.3.5.If the manoeuvre would potentially lead the system to cross paths with vulnerable road users crossing the lane of travel (e.g., bike path, crosswalk), the system shall be designed to respond appropriately to the road users and infrastructure.
6.3.5. 如果该作可能导致系统与穿过行车道(例如自行车道、人行横道)的弱势道路使用者交叉,则系统的设计能够对道路使用者和基础设施做出适当的反应。

6.3.6.If the manoeuvre would lead the system to cross paths with crossing traffic (e.g., when taking a turn) or lead the system to merge with traffic approaching from a different direction, the system shall be designed to appropriately respond to these road users (e.g., by giving way).
6.3.6. 如果该作会导致系统与交叉路口的车辆交叉(例如,转弯时)或导致系统与从不同方向接近的车辆合并,则系统应设计为对这些道路使用者做出适当的反应(例如,让路)。

6.3.7.Where relevant to the manoeuvre, the system shall be designed to detect restricted lanes of travel (e.g., bus, bike or taxi lanes) and shall aim to refrain from navigating on such lanes. In the event the system detects that it has entered into a restricted lane of travel, it shall propose or perform a lane change procedure to an appropriate lane of travel as appropriate to the system design, or request the driver to resume manual control.
6.3.7. 在与机动相关的情况下,系统应设计为检测受限行驶车道(例如公共汽车、自行车或出租车车道),并应旨在避免在此类车道上行驶。如果系统检测到已进入限制行驶车道,则应根据系统设计建议或执行变道程序至适当的行驶车道,或要求驾驶员恢复手动控制。

6.3.8.The system shall aim to respect appropriate right-of-way rules.
6.3.8. 该系统应旨在尊重适当的通行权规则。

6.3.9.Additional Requirements for navigating around an obstruction in the lane of travel.
6.3.9. 绕过行进车道障碍物的附加要求

6.3.9.1.Navigating around an obstruction in the lane of travel can be performed under the following circumstances:
6.3.9.1. 以下情况下,可以绕过行车道上的障碍物:

(a)Driving around a stationary obstacle (e.g., parked vehicle, debris, etc.) in the lane;
(a) 绕过车道上的静止障碍物(例如停放的车辆、碎片等);

(b)Passing a very slow-moving vehicle or road user with sufficient lateral distance;
(b) 以足够的横向距离超越行驶速度非常慢的车辆或道路使用者;

(c)The manoeuvre is instructed by legitimate external sources (e.g., static and dynamic road signs, road works, emergency or enforcement instruction, etc.), if applicable to the system’s design.
(c) 如果适用于系统设计,则由合法的外部来源(例如,静态和动态路标、道路工程、紧急或执行指令等)指导作。

Other reasons to cross into another lane may be accepted if the manufacturer presents sufficient information to the Type Approval Authority and it is determined that it is appropriate and the system would be able to safely operate.
如果制造商向型式认可机构提供足够的信息 ,并且确定这是适当的并且系统能够安全运行 则可以接受进入另一条车道的其他原因

6.3.9.2.Navigating around an obstruction shall only be permitted if the system is able to determine the position and movement of other road users to the front, side and rear where relevant to the specific manoeuvre, and that there is adequate distance to them to perform the manoeuvre.
6.3.9.2. 只有当系统能够确定其他道路使用者在与特定作相关的前部、侧面和后部的位置和移动,并且与他们有足够的距离来执行该作时,才允许绕过障碍物。

6.3.9.3.If the manoeuvre would cause the vehicle to cross partially or fully into another lane, the system shall only do so if it is able to confirm that sufficient space and time is available. Such that there are no oncoming road users which would impede the system from completing the manoeuvre by reverting to the appropriate lane of travel. It shall not cross into another lane, where the direction of travel is in the opposite direction, to pass general traffic moving at an appropriate speed.
6.3.9.3. 如果该作会导致车辆部分或全部越入另一车道,则系统只有在能够确认有足够的空间和时间的情况下才应这样做。这样,就不会有迎面而来的道路使用者会阻碍系统通过恢复到适当的行进车道来完成作。不得越入行驶方向相反的另一车道,以超越以适当速度行驶的一般车辆。

The system shall appropriately indicate the manoeuvre to other road users throughout the manoeuvre.
系统应在整个作过程中向其他道路使用者适当地指示该作。

6.3.9.4.The system shall not suggest a manoeuvre to the driver or perform a system-initiated manoeuvre, which intends to cross a solid lane marking that is not permitted to be crossed, unless permitted by the situation as described in paragraph 6.3.9.1. (c).
6.3.9.4. 除非第 6.3.9.1 段所述情况允许,否则系统不得向驾驶员建议机动或执行系统发起的机动,该机动意图越过不允许越过的实心车道标记。 (三)。

7.Monitoring of DCAS operation
7. DCAS 运行监控

7.1.Monitoring of DCAS Operation
7.1. 监控 DCAS 运行

7.1.1.The manufacturer shall maintain processes to monitor safety-critical occurrences caused by the operation of the system.
7.1.1. 制造商应维护流程,以监控系统运行引起的安全关键事件。

7.1.2.The manufacturer shall set up a monitoring program aimed at collecting and analysing data in order to provide, to the extent feasible, evidence of the in-service safety performance of the DCAS and confirmatory evidence of the audit results of the Safety Management System requirements established in Annex 3 to this Regulation.
7.1.2. 制造商应制定旨在收集和分析数据的监测计划 ,以便在可行的情况下提供 DCAS 在役安全性能的证据以及本条例附件 3 中规定的安全管理体系要求的审核结果的确认证据。

7.2.Reporting of DCAS operation
7.2. DCAS 作报告

7.2.1.Initial notification of Safety-Critical Occurrences
7.2.1. 安全关键事件的初始通知

7.2.1.1.The manufacturer shall notify the Type Approval Authority without unreasonable delay about any safety-critical occurrence the manufacturer becomes aware of through a monitoring program, where the system or its features were in ‘on’ mode, or had been switched to ‘on’ mode within the last 5 seconds before the safety-critical occurrence.
7.2.1.1. 制造商应立即将制造商通过监控程序发现的任何安全关键事件通知型式认可机构,其中系统或其功能处于“开启” 模式,或在安全关键事件发生前的最后 5 秒内已切换到“开启”模式。

7.2.1.1.1.For systems capable of system-initiated manoeuvres, the applicable notification requirement shall apply to any instance where the feature was active within the last 7 seconds before the safety-critical occurrence.
7.2.1.1.1. 对于能够进行系统启动作的系统,适用的通知要求应适用于该功能在安全关键事件发生前的最后 7 秒内处于活动状态的任何实例。

7.2.1.2.The initial notification may be limited to high-level data but shall contain information about the features in ‘on’ mode, or which had been switched to ‘on’ mode with the last 5 seconds before the safety-critical occurrence (e.g., location, time, type of accident) to the extent that such information is available at the time of notification.
7.2.1.2. 初始通知可限于高级数据,但应包含有关处于“开启”模式或在安全关键事件发生前最后 5 秒内已切换到“开启”模式的特征的信息(例如,事故的位置、时间、类型),只要此类信息在通知时可用。

7.2.2.Short-term Reporting of Safety-Critical Occurrences
7.2.2. 安全关键事件的短期报告

7.2.2.1.Following the initial notification as per paragraph 7.2.1., the manufacturer shall investigate whether the incident was related to DCAS operation and inform the Type Approval Authority of the results of this investigation as soon as possible. If the operation of the system was likely one of the causes of the incident, in addition, the manufacturer shall inform the Type Approval Authority of intended remedial action(s) addressing DCAS design, if applicable.
7.2.2.1. 根据第 7.2.1 段发出初步通知后, 制造商应调查该事件是否与 DCAS 作有关,并尽快将调查结果通知型式认可机构。如果系统的运行可能是事故的原因之一,此外 ,制造商应将针对 DCAS 设计的预期补救措施(如果适用)通知型式认可机构。

7.2.2.2.If remedial action is required, the Type Approval Authority shall upload this information in English language to the secure database "DETA"4, established by the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe, without undue delay after the manufacturer has informed the Type Approval Authority to communicate this information to all Type Approval Authorities. The information shall be sufficient to understand the cause for and the remedial action itself.
7.2.2.2. 如果需要采取补救措施,型式认可机构应将此信息以英语上传到联合国欧洲经济委员会建立的安全数据库“DETA”,制造商通知型式认可机构将此信息传达给所有型式认可机构后,不得无故拖延。该信息应足以了解补救措施的原因和补救措施本身。

7.2.2.3.If the Type Approval Authority is informed of a safety critical occurrence with a vehicle equipped with DCAS through sources other than a vehicle manufacturer, such as by other Type Approval Authorities, that Type Approval Authority may request the manufacturer to provide available information of the incident in a comprehensive and accessible way as stipulated in 7.2.1. and 7.2.2.
7.2.2.3. 如果型式认可机构通过车辆制造商以外的来源(例如其他型式认可机构)获悉配备 DCAS 的车辆发生安全关键事件,则该型式认可机构可以要求制造商按照 7.2.1 和 7.2.2 的规定以全面且易于访问的方式提供有关该事件的可用信息。

7.2.3.Periodic Reporting
7.2.3. 定期报告

7.2.3.1.The manufacturer shall report at least once a year to the Type Approval Authority on the information deemed to be proper evidence of the intended operation collected through the monitoring program and safety of the system in the field until the production is definitively discontinued according to paragraph 14. The manufacturer shall report at least the information listed in the table below, which can be shared in confidence with other Type Approval Authorities on request. The manufacturer shall be notified in this case. Additional information is subject to agreement between the Type Approval Authority and the manufacturer.
7.2.3.1. 制造商应至少每年向型式认可机构报告一次 ,说明通过监测计划和现场系统安全收集的被认为是预期作的适当证据的信息 直到根据第 14 段最终停止生产。制造商应至少报告下表中列出的信息 ,这些信息可根据要求与其他型式认可机构保密共享。在这种情况下,应通知制造商。其他信息须型式认可机构和制造商达成协议。

In the event that the system was subject to significant changes relevant to the reported information during the reporting period, the report shall differentiate the changes of the system.
如果系统在报告期内发生与所报告信息有关的重大变化,则报告应区分系统的变化。

Table 1
表1

Information for Periodic Reporting
定期报告信息

Frequency of Occurrence
发生频率

(Total, with related hours of operation and distance travelled unless specified)
除非另有说明,否则 Tota 具有相关的营业时间和旅行时间

1. Safety-critical occurrences known to the manufacturer
1. 制造商已知的安全关键事件

2. Number of vehicles equipped with the system, and aggregated distance driven with the system in ‘passive’ and ‘active’ mode
2. 配备该系统的车辆数量,以及在“被动”和“主动”模式下使用该系统行驶的总距离

3. Number of events resulting in a driver unavailability response
3. 导致驱动程序不可用响应的事件数

4. Number of system-initiated deactivations of the system or its features due to:
4. 由于以下原因导致系统启动的系统或其功能停用的次数:

4.a. Detected system failures
4.a.检测到的系统故障

4.b. Exceeding system boundaries
4.b.超越系统边界

4.c. Other (if applicable)
4.c.其他(如适用)

5. Percentage of total distance travelled with a driver-set speed limit above the system-determined speed limit while the system is in ‘active’ mode
5. 当系统处于“活动”模式时,驾驶员设定的速度限制高于系统确定的速度限制时行驶的总距离百分比

6. Disablement of the system due to insufficient driver engagement.
6. 由于驾驶员参与不足而导致系统禁用。

6.a.Number of events where the system was disabled due to insufficient engagement by the driver according to paragraph 5.5.4.2.8.2.:
6.一个。 根据第 5.5.4.2.8.2 段,由于驾驶员参与不足而禁用系统的事件数:

6.b.Number of events where the powertrain was deactivated less than 5 minutes after the system was disabled due to insufficient engagement by the driver.
6.b. 由于驾驶员参与不足,系统禁用后不到 5 分钟动力总成被停用的事件数量。

6.c. Number of events where the system was disabled due to repeated EOR warnings, including a description of the number of warnings and the time interval defined by the manufacturer as per paragraph 5.5.4.2.8.3.
6.c.由于重复的 EOR 警告而禁用系统的事件数,包括警告数量的描述以及制造商根据第 5.5.4.2.8.3 段定义的时间间隔。

6.d. Number of events where the system was disabled due to repeated HOR warnings, including a description of the number of warnings and the time interval defined by the manufacturer as per paragraph 5.5.4.2.8.3.
6.d.由于重复 HOR 警告而禁用系统的事件数,包括警告数量的描述以及制造商根据第 5.5.4.2.8.3 段定义的时间间隔。

7. Repeated HORs/EORs
7. 重复的 HOR/EOR

7.a. Number of events where 5 EORs are issued within a 10-minute period while the system is active. Once this event is recorded, counting of EOR is reset for the purpose of reporting.
7.a.在系统处于活动状态时,在 10 分钟内发出 5 个 EOR 的事件数。记录此事件后,将重置 EOR 计数以进行报告。

7.b. Number of events where 5 HORs are issued within a 10-minute period while the system is active. Once this event is recorded, counting of HOR is reset for the purpose of reporting.
7.b.在系统处于活动状态时,在 10 分钟内发出 5 个 HOR 的事件数。记录此事件后,将重置 HOR 计数以进行报告。

8. During phases of withholding HORs without driver override of the longitudinal control (if applicable).
8. 在扣留 HOR 的阶段,而没有驱动因素覆盖纵向控制(如果适用)。

8.a. Number of events where an upcoming boundary condition is detected and a HOR is given at least 5s in advance (see 5.5.4.2.6.5.1).
8.a. 检测到即将到来的边界条件并至少提前 5 秒给出 HOR 的事件数(参见 5.5.4.2.6.5.1)。

8.b. Number of events where an upcoming boundary condition is detected and a HOR is not given at least 5s in advance (see 5.5.4.2.6.5.1).
8.b. 检测到即将到来的边界条件且未至少提前 5 秒给出 HOR 的事件数(见 5.5.4.2.6.5.1)。

8.c. Driving distance and time while the system is withholding HORs.
8.c.系统扣留 HOR 时的行驶距离和时间。

9. Number of aborted System-Initiated Manoeuvres (if applicable).
9. 中止的 System 启动动作的数量 (如果适用)。

8.System Validation
8. 系统验证

8.1.The validation of the system shall ensure that an acceptable thorough consideration of functional and operational safety of the features integrated in the system and the entire system integrated into a vehicle has been performed by the manufacturer assessed according to Annex 3.
8.1. 系统的验证应确保制造商已根据附件 3 进行评估,对系统中集成的功能以及集成到车辆中的整个系统的功能和作安全性进行了可接受的彻底考虑。

8.2.The validation of the system shall demonstrate that the features integrated in the system and the entire system meet the performance requirements specified in paragraphs 5. and 6. of this Regulation
8.2. 系统的验证应证明系统和整个系统中集成的功能满足本法规第 5 款和第 6 款规定的性能要求

The validation of the system shall include:
系统的验证应包括:

(a)Validation of the system safety aspects in accordance with the requirements of Annex 3;
(a) 根据附件 3 的要求对系统安全方面进行验证;

(b)Physical tests on the test track and public roads in accordance with the requirements of Annex 4;
(b) 按照附件 4 的要求在试验跑道和公共道路上进行物理测试;

(c)Monitoring of the system or its features in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 7.
(c) 根据第 7 款的要求对系统或其功能进行监测。

8.2.1.The validation of the system may include the use of virtual testing and reporting of metrics produced by virtual testing, such as coverage measurement and safety metrics. If virtual testing is performed, a credibility assessment as described in Annex 5 shall be provided to the Type Approval Authority.
8.2.1. 系统的验证可能包括使用虚拟测试和报告虚拟测试产生的指标,例如覆盖率测量和安全指标。如果进行虚拟测试,则应向型式认可机构提供附件 5 中所述的可信度评估。

9.System Information Data
9. 系统信息数据

9.1.The following data shall be provided by the manufacturer, together with the documentation package required in Annex 3 of this UN Regulation, to the Type Approval Authority at the time of type-approval.
9.1. 制造商应在型式批准时向型式认可机构提供以下数据以及本《联合国条例》附件 3 中要求的文件包。

9.1.1.Specific features according to the classification of paragraph 6 that the system possesses.
9.1.1. 根据第 6 款分类系统所具有的具体功能。

The manufacturer is to confirm with an “x” or “Not Applicable” what domain the feature can operate in, and complete the table as necessary:
制造者要用“x”或“不适用”确认该功能可以在哪个域中运行,并根据需要填写表格:

Feature
特征

System Minimum Speed
系统最低速度

System Maximum Speed
系统最大速度

Other relevant preconditions for activation (e.g., lane width, type of road, time of day, weather conditions)
激活的其他相关先决条件(例如,车道宽度、道路类型、一天中的时间、天气条件)

Positioning in the lane of travel
在行驶车道上定位

Driver-initiated lane change
驾驶员发起的变道

(
Please specify variants if any)
如有变体,请注明)

Driver-confirmed lane change
驾驶员确认变道

(
Please specify variants if any)
如有变体,请注明)

Other manoeuvres (Please specify variants if any)
其他作( 如有,请注明变体

System-initiated lane change
系统启动的变道

(To be completed by the manufacturer)
由制造商填写

9.1.2.Domains (highway or non-highway), in which the system provides certain types of assistance as classified under paragraph 9.1.1.
9.1.2.(公路或非公路),系统提供第 9.1.1 款所列的某些类型的援助。

The manufacturer is to confirm with an “x” or “Not Applicable” what domain the feature can operate in, and complete the table as necessary:
制造商将用“x”或“不适用”确认该功能可以在哪个域中运行,并根据需要填写表格:

Feature
特征

Non-Highway
非公路

Highway
公路

Positioning in the lane of travel
在行驶车道上定位

Driver-initiated lane change
驾驶员发起的变道

(
Please specify variants if any)
如有变体,请注明)

Driver-confirmed lane change (Please specify variants if any)
司机确认变道( 如有请注明变体)

Other manoeuvres (Please specify variants if any)
其他作( 如有,请注明变体

System-initiated lane change
系统启动的变道

(To be completed by the manufacturer)
制造商填写

9.1.3.The conditions under which the system and its features can be activated and the boundaries for operation (boundary conditions).
9.1.3. 系统及其功能可以激活的条件和作边界(边界条件)。

9.1.4.DCAS interactions with other vehicle systems.
9.1.4.DCAS 与其他车辆系统的交互。

9.1.5.Means to activate, deactivate and override the system.
9.1.5. 激活、停用和覆盖系统的方法。

9.1.6.Criteria monitored and the means by which driver disengagement is monitored.
9.1.6. 监测的标准和监测驾驶员脱离接触的方法。

9.1.7.Dynamic control assistance provided by each feature of the system.
9.1.7. 系统的每个功能提供的动态控制辅助。

9.1.8.Input other than lane markings the system uses to reliably determine the course of the lane and continues to provide lateral control assistance in the absence of a fully marked lane.
9.1.8. 除车道标记外的输入,系统用于可靠地确定车道的路线,并在没有完全标记的车道的情况下继续提供横向控制辅助。

Situation
情况

Will the system continue to provide lateral control assistance in those situations? (yes/no)
在这些情况下,系统是否会继续提供横向控制援助?(是/否)

Operating domain requirement
作域要求

Lane marking(s) listed in
车道标记列在

UN Regulation No. 130
联合国第130号条例

Highway
公路

Lane marked with only a single marking
仅用单个标记标记的车道

Non-Highway
非公路

Road edges
道路边缘

Non-Highway
非公路

Lane demarked by something other than a lane marking (parked cars, curb, construction infrastructure)
由车道标记以外的其他东西标记的车道(停放的汽车、路缘石、建筑基础设施)

Non-Highway
非公路

(To be completed by the manufacturer)
制造商填写

10.Requirements for Software Identification
10. 软件识别要求

10.1.For the purpose of ensuring the software of the System can be identified, an R171SWIN shall be implemented by the vehicle manufacturer. The R171SWIN ay be held on the vehicle or, if R1XXSWIN is not held on the vehicle, the manufacturer shall declare the software version(s) of the vehicle or single ECUs with the connection to the relevant type approvals to the Type Approval Authority.
10.1. 为确保系统的软件可以识别 ,车辆制造商应实施 R 71SWIN。R171SWIN 必须固定在车辆上,或者,如果 R1XXSWIN 未固定在车辆上,制造商应向型式认可机构申报车辆或单个 ECU 的软件版本,并与相关型式认证相关联。

10.2.The vehicle manufacturer shall demonstrate compliance with UN Regulation No. 156 (Software Update and Software Update Management System) by fulfilling the requirements and respecting the transitional provisions of the original version of UN Regulation No. 156 or later series of amendments.
10.2. 车辆制造商应通过满足要求并尊重联合国第 156 号条例原版或更高系列修正案的过渡规定来证明遵守联合国第 156 号条例(软件更新和软件更新管理系统)。

10.3.The vehicle manufacturer shall provide the following information in the communication form of this UN Regulation:
10.3. 车辆制造商应在本联合国条例的通讯形式中提供以下信息:

(a)The R171SWIN;
(a) R171SWIN;

(b)How to read the R171SWIN or software version(s) in case the R171SWIN is not held on the vehicle.
(b) 如果 R 1 71 SWIN 未安装在车辆上 ,如何读取 R 1 71 SWIN 或软件版本

10.4.The vehicle manufacturer may provide in the communication form of the related Regulation a list of the relevant parameters that will allow the identification of those vehicles that can be updated with the software represented by the R171SWIN. The information provided shall be declared by the vehicle manufacturer and may not be verified by a Type Approval Authority.
10.4. 车辆制造商可以在相关法规的通信形式中提供相关参数列表,以便识别可以使用 R171 SWIN 所代表的软件进行更新的车辆 。所提供的信息应由车辆制造商声明,不得经过型式认可机构的验证。

10.5.The vehicle manufacturer may obtain a new vehicle approval for the purpose of differentiating software versions intended to be used on vehicles already registered in the market from the software versions that are used on new vehicles. This may cover the situations where type approval regulations are updated or hardware changes are made to vehicles in series production. In agreement with the Type Approval Authority duplication of tests shall be avoided where possible.
10.5. 车辆制造商可以获得新车批准,以区分用于已在市场上注册的车辆的软件版本和用于新车的软件版本。这可能涵盖更新型式认可法规或对批量生产的车辆进行硬件更改的情况。根据型式认可机构的协议,应尽可能避免重复测试。

11.Modification of vehicle type and extension of approval
11. 车辆类型的修改和批准的延期

11.1.Every modification of the vehicle type as defined in paragraph 2.2. of this Regulation shall be notified to the Type Approval Authority which approved the vehicle type. The Type Approval Authority shall then either:
11.1. 本条例第 2.2 段所界定的车辆类型的每项修改,均应通知批准该车辆类型的型式认可机构。然后,型式认可机构应:

(a)Consider that the modifications made do not have an adverse effect on the conditions of the granting of the approval and grant an extension of approval;
(a) 认为所作的修改不会对核准的条件产生不利影响,并准予延长核准期限;

(b)Consider that the modifications made affect the conditions of the granting of the approval and require further tests or additional checks before granting an extension of approval;
(b) 认为所作修改影响到核准的条件,在批准延期之前需要进行进一步的测试或额外检查;

(c)Decide, in consultation with the manufacturer, that a new type-approval is to be granted; or
(c) 与制造商协商,决定授予新的型式认可;或

(d)Apply the procedure contained in paragraph 11.1.1. (Revision) and, if applicable, the procedure contained in paragraph 11.1.2. (Extension).
(d) 适用第 11.1.1 段所载程序。(修订)以及(如适用)第 11.1.2 段所载程序。(扩展)。

11.1.1.Revision
11.1.1. 修订

When particulars recorded in the information documents have changed and the Type Approval Authority considers that the modifications made are unlikely to have appreciable adverse effects, the modification shall be designated a "revision".
当信息文件中记录的细节发生变化,并且型式认可机构认为所做的修改不太可能产生明显的不利影响时,该修改应被指定为“修订”。

In such a case, the Type Approval Authority shall issue the revised pages of the information documents as necessary, marking each revised page to show clearly the nature of the modification and the date of re-issue.
在这种情况下,型式认可机构应根据需要发布信息文件的修订页,并在每个修改页上进行标记,以清楚地显示修改的性质和重新发布的日期。

A consolidated, updated version of the information documents, accompanied by a detailed description of the modification, shall be deemed to meet this requirement.
信息文件的合并、更新版本,并附有修改的详细说明,应被视为符合这一要求。

11.1.2.Extension
11.1.2. 扩展

The modification shall be designated an "extension" if, in addition to the change of the particulars recorded in the information documents,
如果除信息文件中记录的事项发生变化外,

(a)Further inspections or tests are required; or
(a) 需要进一步检查或测试;或

(b)Any information on the communication document (with the exception of its attachments) has changed; or
(b) 来文文件上的任何信息(附件除外)已发生变化;或

(c)Approval to a later series of amendments is requested after its entry into force.
(c) 在修正案生效后,请求核准以后的一系列修正案。

11.2.Confirmation or refusal of approval, specifying the alterations, shall be communicated by the procedure specified in paragraph 4.3. above to the Contracting Parties to the Agreement applying this UN Regulation. In addition, the index to the information documents and to the test reports, attached to the communication document of Annex 1, shall be amended accordingly to show the date of the most recent revision or extension.
11.2. 确认或拒绝批准,具体说明修改,应按照上文第 4.3 款规定的程序通知适用本联合国条例的协定缔约方。此外,附件 1 来文文件所附资料文件和试验报告的索引应作相应修正,以显示最近修订或延长的日期。

11.3.The Type Approval Authority shall inform the other Contracting Parties of the extension by means of the communication form which appears in Annex 1 to this UN Regulation. It shall assign a serial number to each extension, to be known as the extension number.
11.3. 型式认可机构应通过本《联合国实施细则》附件 1 所载的通信表将延期通知其他缔约方。它应为每个分机分配一个序列号,称为分机号。

12.Conformity of production
12. 生产符合性

12.1.Procedures for the conformity of production shall conform to the general provisions defined in Article 2 and Schedule 1 to the Agreement (E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.3) and meet the following requirements:
12.1. 生产符合性程序应符合协定(E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.3)第 2 条和附表 1 中规定的一般规定,并满足以下要求:

12.2.A vehicle approved pursuant to this UN Regulation shall be so manufactured as to conform to the type approved by meeting the requirements of paragraph 5. above;
12.2. 根据本联合国条例核准的车辆 ,其制造方式应符合符合上文第 5 款要求核准的型号;

12.3.The Type Approval Authority which has granted the approval may at any time verify the conformity of control methods applicable to each production unit. The normal frequency of such inspections shall be once every two years.
12.3. 已授予批准的型式认可机构可以随时验证适用于每个生产单元的控制方法的一致性。这种检查的正常频率应为每两年一次。

12.4.The approval granted in respect of a vehicle type pursuant to this UN Regulation may be withdrawn if the requirements laid down in paragraph 8, above are not complied with.
12.4. 如果不遵守上文第 8 段规定的要求,则可以撤销根据本联合国条例就某一车辆类型授予的批准。

12.5.If a Contracting Party withdraws an approval, it had previously granted, it shall forthwith so notify the other Contracting Parties applying this Regulation by sending them a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 1 to this UN Regulation.
12.5. 如果缔约方撤回其先前给予的批准,应立即通知适用本条例的其他缔约方,向适用本条例的其他缔约方发送符合本联合国条例附件 1 所示的通信表。

13.Penalties for non-conformity of production
13. 生产不合格的处罚

13.1.The approval granted in respect of a vehicle type pursuant to this UN Regulation may be withdrawn, if the requirements laid down in paragraph 12 above are not complied with.
13.1. 如果不遵守上文第 12 段规定的要求,则可撤销根据本联合国条例对某一车辆类型给予的批准。

13.2.If a Contracting Party withdraws an approval it had previously granted, it shall forthwith so notify the other Contracting Parties applying this UN Regulation by sending them a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 1 to this UN Regulation.
13.2. 如果缔约方撤回其先前给予的批准,应立即向适用本联合国条例的其他缔约方发送符合本联合国条例附件 1 所示的通信表,以通知适用本联合国条例的其他缔约方。

14.Production definitively discontinued
14. 生产最终停止

14.1.If the holder of the approval completely ceases to manufacture a type of vehicle approved in accordance with this UN Regulation, he shall so inform the Type Approval Authority which granted the approval, which in turn shall forthwith inform the other Contracting Parties to the Agreement applying this Regulation by means of a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 1 to this UN Regulation.
14.1. 如果批准持有人完全停止生产根据本联合国条例批准的车辆类型,他应通知授予批准的 A 类主管部门,而甲类主管部门应立即通过符合本联合国条例附件 1 所示 的通信表格通知适用本条例的协定其他缔约方。

14.2.The production is not considered definitely discontinued if the vehicle manufacturer intends to obtain further approvals for software updates for vehicles already registered in the market.
14.2. 如果汽车制造商打算获得已在市场上注册的车辆的软件更新的进一步批准,则不认为生产已明确停止。

15.Names and Addresses of Technical Services Responsible for Conducting Approval Tests and of Type Approval Authorities
15. 负责进行批准试验的技术服务机构和型式认可机构的名称和地址

15.1.The Contracting Parties to the Agreement applying this UN Regulation shall communicate to the United Nations Secretariat5 the names and addresses of the Technical Services responsible for conducting approval tests and of the Type Approval Authorities which grant approval and to which forms certifying approval or extension or refusal or withdrawal of approval are to be sent.
15.1. 适用本联合国条例的协定缔约方应向联合国秘书处通报 5 负责进行核准试验的技术部门和授予核准的型式核准机构的名称和地址,以及向其发送核准或延期、拒绝或撤回核准证明表格的型号核准机构的名称和地址。

16.Transitional Provisions
16. 过渡性条款

16.1. As from the official date of entry into force of the 01 series of amendments, no Contracting Party applying this Regulation shall refuse to grant or refuse to accept type approvals under this Regulation as amended by the 01 series of amendments.
16.1. 自 01 系列修正案正式生效之日起,适用本条例的任何缔约方均不得拒绝授予或拒绝接受经 01 系列修正案修订的本条例规定的型式认可。

16.2. As from 1 September [2026], Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall not be obliged to accept type approvals issued to the original version (00 series of amendments) of this Regulation, first issued after 1 September [2026].
16.2. [2026 年]9 月 1 日起,适用本规章的缔约方无义务接受[2026 年]9 月 1 日之后首次颁发的本规章原版(00 系列修正案) 颁发的型式认可

16.3. Until 1 September [2028], Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall accept type approvals issued to the original version (00 series of amendments) of this Regulation, first issued before 1 September [2026].
16.3. 在[2028 年]9 月 1 日之前,适用本条例的缔约方应接受[2026 年]9 月 1 日之前首次颁发的本条例原始版本(00 系列修正 )颁发的型式认可

16.4.As from 1 September [2028], Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall not be obliged to accept type approvals issued to the original version (00 series of amendments) of this Regulation.
16.4. [2028 年]9 月 1 日起,适用本规章的缔约方无义务接受对本规章原始版本(00 系列修正案) 颁发的型式认可

16.5. Notwithstanding the transitional provisions above, Contracting Parties who start to apply this Regulation after the date of entry into force of the most recent series of amendments are not obliged to accept type approvals which were granted in accordance with the original version (00 series of amendments) of this Regulation.
16.5. 尽管有上述过渡性规定,在最近一系列修正生效之日之后开始适用本实施细则的缔约方没有义务接受根据本细则原始版本(00 系列修订)授予的型式认可。

16.6. Contracting Parties applying this Regulation may grant type approvals according to the original version (00 series of amendments) of this Regulation.
16.6. 适用本规章的缔约方可根据本规章的原始版本(00 系列修正) 授予型式认可。

16.7. Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall continue to grant extensions of existing approvals to the original version (00 series of amendments) of this Regulation.
16.7. 适用本条例的缔约方应继续批准本条例原始版本(00 系列修正)现有批准进行扩展。

  1. The levels of automation described by SAE J3016 are also included in the reference document ECE/TRANS/WP29/1140.
    SAE J3016 描述的自动化级别也包含在参考文件 ECE/TRANS/WP29/1140 中。

  2. As defined in the Consolidated Resolution on the Construction of Vehicles (R.E.3.), document ECE/TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.7, para. 2 -
    根据关于车辆制造的综合决议(R.E.3.)ECE/TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.7 号文件第 2 段的定义——

    https://unece.org/transport/standards/transport/vehicle-regulations-wp29/resolutions

  3. As defined in Mutual Resolution No. 2 (M.R.2) of the 1958 and the 1998 Agreements containing vehicle propulsion system definitions, see document ECE/TRANS/WP.29/1121.
    1958 年和 1998 年协定第 2 号相互决议(M.R.2)中载有车辆推进系统定义的定义,见 ECE/TRANS/WP.29/1121 号文件。

  4. https://www.unece.org/trans/main/wp29/datasharing.html

  5. Through the online platform ("/343 Application") provided by UNECE and dedicated to the exchange of such information https://apps.unece.org/WP29_application/
    通过欧洲经委会提供的在线平台(“/343 申请”),专门用于交换此类信息 https://apps.unece.org/WP29_application/

Annex 1
附件1

Communication1
沟通 1

(Maximum format: A4 (210 x 297 mm)
(最大格式:A4(210 x 297 毫米)

2

Concerning:3Approval granted
相关:3 已获批准

Approval extended
批准延长

Approval refused
批准被拒绝

Approval withdrawn
批准撤回

Production definitively discontinued
生产最终停止

of a vehicle type with regard to DCAS pursuant to UN Regulation No. XXX
根据联合国第 XXX 号法规的 DCAS 车辆类型

Approval No. ..................
批准编号..................

Reason for extension or revision:
延期或修改原因:

1.Trade name or mark of vehicle
1. 车辆的商号或标志

2.Vehicle type
2、车型

3.Manufacturer's name and address
3. 制造商名称和地址

4.If applicable, name and address of manufacturer's representative
4. 如适用,制造商代表的姓名和地址

5.General construction characteristics of the vehicle:
5、 车辆的一般结构特点:

5.1.Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle:
5.1. 代表性车辆的照片和/或图纸:

6.Description and/or drawing of the DCAS: see Section 9.
6. DCAS 的描述和/或图纸:见第 9 节。

6.1.The system is / is not1 capable of performing Driver-initiated manoeuvres
6.1. 系统是/不是 1 能够执行驾驶员发起的作

Description of system capabilities:
系统功能说明:

6.2.The system is / is not1 capable of performing Driver-confirmed manoeuvres
6.2. 系统是/不是 1 能够执行驾驶员确认的作

Description of system capabilities:
系统功能说明:

6.3.The system is / is not1 capable of performing System-initiated manoeuvres
6.3. 系统是/不是 1 能够执行系统启动的作

Description of system capabilities:
系统功能说明:

6.4.The system is / is not1 capable of withholding of HORs
6.4. 系统是/不是 1 能够扣留 HORs

7.Cyber Security and Software updates
7. 网络安全和软件更新

7.1. Cyber Security Type Approval Number (if applicable):
7.1. 网络安全型式批准号(如适用):

7.2.Software Update Type approval number (if applicable):
7.2. 软件更新型式批准号(如果适用):

8.Special requirements to be applied to the safety aspects of electronic control systems (Annex 3)
8. 电子控制系统安全方面的特殊要求(附件 3)

8.1. Manufacturers document reference for Annex 3 (including version number):
8.1. 附件 3 的制造商文件参考(包括版本号):

8.2.Information document form (Appendix 1 to Annex 3)
8.2. 资料文件表(附件3附录1)

9.Technical Service responsible for conducting approval tests
9. 负责进行批准测试的技术服务

9.1.Date of report issued by that service
9.1. 该服务发布报告的日期

9.2.(Reference) Number of the report issued by that service
9.2. (参考)该服务发布的报告编号

10.Approval granted/extended/revised/refused/withdrawn2
10. 批准/延期/修改/拒绝/撤回 2

11.Position of approval mark on vehicle
11. 车辆上批准标志的位置

12.Place
12. 地点

13.Date
13. 日期

14.Signature
14. 签名

15.Annexed to this communication is a list of documents in the approval file deposited at the administration services having delivered the approval and which can be obtained upon request.
15. 本来函附有一份核准档案中文件清单,这些文件已交存于已交付批准的行政部门,可根据要求索取。

Additional information
其他信息

16.R171SWIN:
16. R171SWIN:

16.1.Information on how to read the R171SWIN or software version(s) in case the R171SWIN is not held on the vehicle:
16.1. 有关如何在车辆上未安装 R171SWIN 的情况下读取 R171SWIN 或软件版本的信息:

16.2.If applicable, list the relevant parameters that will allow the identification of those vehicles that can be updated with the software represented by the R171SWIN under the item above:
16.2. 如果适用,请列出相关参数,以便识别可以使用上述项下 R171SWIN 所代表的软件进行更新的车辆:

  1. Distinguishing number of the country which has granted/extended/refused/withdrawn approval (see approval provisions in UN Regulation No. 171).
    授予/延长/拒绝/撤回批准的国家的区分编号(参见联合国第 171 号条例中的批准规定)。

  2. Distinguishing number of the country which has granted/extended/refused/withdrawn approval (see approval provisions in UN Regulation No. 171).
    已授予/延长/拒绝/撤回批准的国家的区分编号(参见联合国第 171 号条例中的批准规定)。

  3. Strike out what does not apply.
    删除适用的内容。

Annex 2
附件2

Arrangements of approval marks
批准标志的安排

Model A
型号 A

(See paragraph 4.4. of this Regulation)
(见本规例第4.4段)

a = 8 mm min
a = 8 毫米最小值

The above approval mark affixed to a vehicle shows that the vehicle type concerned has, with regard to DCAS, been approved in the Netherlands (E 4) pursuant to UN Regulation No. 171 under approval No. 002439. The approval number indicates that the approval was granted in accordance with the requirements of UN Regulation No. 171 in its original version.
车辆上贴有上述批准标志表明,有关车辆类型已根据联合国第 171 号条例第 002439 号批准在荷兰获得 DCAS 批准 (E 4)。批准号表示批准是根据联合国第 171 号条例的原版要求授予的。

Model B
型号 B

(See paragraph 4.5. of this Regulation)
(见本规例第4.5段)

a = 8 mm min
a = 8 毫米最小值

The above approval mark affixed to a vehicle shows that the vehicle type concerned has been approved in the Netherlands (E 4) pursuant to UN Regulations Nos. 171 and 31.1 The approval numbers indicate that, at the dates when the respective approvals were given, UN Regulation No. 171 was in its original version and UN Regulation No. 31 included the 02 series of amendments.
车辆上贴有上述批准标志,表明有关车辆类型已根据联合国第 171 号和第 31 号条例 在荷兰 (E 4) 获得批准。1 批准编号表明,在给予相应批准之日,联合国 第 171 号 条例仍为原始版本,联合国  31 号条例包括 02 系列修正案。

  1. The second number is given merely as an example.
    第二个数字仅作为示例给出。

Annex 3
附件3

Special requirements to be applied to the audit/assessment
审计/评估的特别要求

1.General
1. 总则

This Annex defines the special requirements for documentation, safety by design and verification with respect to the safety aspects of Electronic System(s) (paragraph 2.3.) and Complex Electronic Control System(s) (paragraph 2.4. below) as far as this UN Regulation is concerned.
本附件规定了就本联合国条例而言,电子系统(第2.3段)和复杂电子控制系统(下文第2.4段)的安全方面对文件、设计安全和验证的特殊要求。

This Annex does not specify the performance criteria for "The System" but covers the methodology applied to the design process and the information which must be disclosed to the Type Approval Authority or the Technical Service acting on its behalf (hereafter referred to as Type Approval Authority), for type approval purposes.
本附件未具体说明“系统”的性能标准,但涵盖了应用于设计过程的方法,以及为型式认可目的必须向型式认可机构或代表其行事的技术部门(以下简称型号认可机构)披露的信息。

This information shall show that "The System" respects, under non-fault and fault conditions, all the appropriate performance requirements specified elsewhere in this UN Regulation and that it is designed to operate in such a way that it is free of unreasonable safety risks to the driver, passengers and other road users.
该信息应表明,在非故障和故障条件下,“系统”遵守本联合国条例其他地方规定的所有适当性能要求,并且其运行方式旨在对驾驶员、乘客和其他道路使用者不造成不合理的安全风险。

Provisions in this UN Regulation of the form “the system shall…” must always be complied with. Failure to meet such a requirement during assessment constitutes a non-compliance with the requirements established by this UN Regulation.
本联合国条例中“系统应......”必须始终遵守。在评估期间未能满足此类要求构成不遵守本联合国条例规定的要求。

Provisions in this UN Regulation of the form “the system shall aim to…” acknowledge that the requirement may not always be achieved (e.g., due to external disturbances or because it is not appropriate to do so under the specific circumstances).
本联合国条例中的“系统应旨在......”承认该要求可能并不总是能够实现(例如,由于外部干扰或因为在特定情况下不适合这样做)。

Provisions in this UN Regulation of the form “the system shall be designed to…” acknowledge that testing of system performance is not a comprehensive way to verify that the requirement is, or is not, complied-with, and that verification of the requirement will require an assessment of the system design (e.g. its control strategies).
本联合国条例中的“系统应设计为......”承认系统性能测试并不是验证要求是否得到遵守的全面方法,并且验证要求需要对系统设计(例如其控制策略)进行评估。

If during assessment a requirement of the form “shall aim to...” or “shall be designed to…” is not fulfilled, the manufacturer shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Type Approval Authority why this was the case, and how the system nevertheless remains free from unreasonable risk.
如果在评估期间,“应旨在......”或“应设计为......”未满足,制造商应向型式认可机构证明为什么会出现这种情况,以及系统如何仍然没有不合理的风险。

2.Definitions
2. 定义

For the purposes of this annex,
为本附件的目的,

2.1."The system" means the hardware and software collectively capable of assisting a driver in controlling the longitudinal and lateral motion of the vehicle on a sustained basis. In the context of this Annex, this also includes any other system covered in the scope of this UN Regulation, as well as transmission links to or from other systems that are outside the scope of this UN Regulation, that acts on a function to which this UN Regulation applies.
2.1. 系统 是指能够协助驾驶员持续控制车辆纵向和横向运动的硬件和软件。 在本附件中,这还包括本《联合国条例》范围内涵盖的任何其他系统,以及与本《联合国条例》范围之外的其他系统之间的传输链路,这些系统执行本《联合国条例》适用的功能。

Within this UN Regulation, the system is also referred to as “Driver Control Assistance System (DCAS)”.
在该联合国法规中,该系统也称为“驾驶员控制辅助系统 (DCAS)”。

2.2."Safety Concept" means a description of the measures designed into the System, for example within the electronic units, as to address system integrity and thereby ensure safe operation under fault (functional safety) and non-fault conditions (operational safety) in such a way that it is free of unreasonable safety risks to the vehicle occupants and other road users. The possibility of a fallback to partial operation or even to a backup system for vital vehicle functions may be a part of the safety concept.
2.2. 安全概念 ”是指对系统(例如电子单元内)设计的措施的描述,这些措施旨在解决系统完整性问题,从而确保在故障(功能安全)和非故障条件下(作安全)下安全运行 ,从而对车辆乘员和其他道路使用者不存在不合理的安全风险。回退到部分运行甚至备份系统以实现重要车辆功能的可能性可能是安全概念的一部分。

2.3."Electronic Control System" means a combination of units, designed to co-operate in the production of the stated vehicle control function by electronic data processing. Such systems, commonly controlled by software, are built from discrete functional components such as sensors, electronic control units and actuators and connected by transmission links. They may include mechanical, electro-mechanical, electro-pneumatic or electro-hydraulic elements.
2.3. 电子控制系统 ”是指旨在通过电子数据处理合作生产所述车辆控制功能的单元组合。这种系统通常由软件控制,由传感器、电子控制单元和执行器等离散功能组件构建,并通过传输链路连接。它们可能包括机械、机电、电动气动或电动液压元件。

2.4."Complex Electronic Control Systems" are those electronic control systems in which a function controlled by an electronic system may be over-ridden by a higher-level electronic control system/function. A function which is over-ridden becomes part of the complex electronic control system, as well as any overriding system/function within the scope of this UN Regulation. The transmission links to and from overriding systems/function outside of the scope of this UN Regulation shall also be included.
2.4. 复杂电子控制系统 ”是指由电子系统控制的功能可能被更高级别的电子控制系统/功能覆盖的电子控制系统。被覆盖的功能将成为复杂电子控制系统的一部分,以及本联合国条例范围内的任何覆盖系统/功能。还应包括本联合国条例范围之外的覆盖系统/功能之间的传输链路。

2.5."Higher-Level Electronic Control" systems/functions are those which employ additional processing and/or sensing provisions to modify vehicle behaviour by commanding variations in the function(s) of the vehicle control system. This allows complex systems to automatically change their objectives with a priority which depends on the sensed circumstances.
2.5. 高级电子控制 ”系统/功能是指采用附加处理和/或传感规定,通过命令车辆控制系统功能的变化来改变车辆行为的系统/功能。这使得复杂系统能够根据感知到的情况自动更改其目标的优先级。

2.6."Units" are the smallest divisions of system components which will be considered in this annex, since these combinations of components will be treated as single entities for purposes of identification, analysis or replacement.
2.6. 单元 ”是本附件中将考虑的系统组件的最小划分,因为这些组件组合将被视为单个实体,以便进行识别、分析或替换。

2.7."Transmission links" are the means used for inter-connecting distributed units for the purpose of conveying signals, operating data or an energy supply. This equipment is generally electrical but may, in some part, be mechanical, pneumatic or hydraulic.
2.7. 传输链路 ”是用于相互连接分布式单元以传送信号、运行数据或能源供应的手段。该设备通常是电气的,但在某些部分可能是机械的、气动的或液压的。

2.8."Range of control" refers to an output variable and defines the range over which the system is likely to exercise control.
2.8. 控制范围 ”是指输出变量,定义了系统可能进行控制的范围。

2.9."Boundary of functional operation" defines the boundaries of verifiable or measurable limits within which the system is designed to maintain control, as defined in paragraph 2.5. of this UN Regulation.
2.9. 功能运行边界 ”定义了可验证或可衡量的限度,系统旨在维持控制,如第 2.5 段所定义。联合国条例

Within this UN Regulation, Boundaries of functional operation are also referred to as “System Boundaries”.
在该联合国条例中,功能运行边界也称为“ 系统边界 ”。

2.10."Safety Related Function" means a function of "the system" that is capable of changing the dynamic behaviour of the vehicle. The system may be capable of performing more than one safety related function.
2.10. 安全相关功能 ”是指能够改变车辆动态行为的“系统”功能。该系统可能能够执行多个与安全相关的功能。

2.11."Control Strategy" means a strategy to ensure robust and safe operation of the function(s) of the system in response to a specific set of ambient and/or operating conditions (such as road surface condition, traffic intensity and other road users, adverse weather conditions, etc.). This may include the automatic deactivation of a function or temporary performance restrictions (e.g., a reduction in the maximum operating speed, etc.).
2.11. 控制策略 ”是指确保系统功能在应对一组特定环境和/或作条件(例如路面状况、交通强度和其他道路使用者、恶劣天气条件等)时稳健和安全运行的策略。这可能包括自动停用功能或临时性能限制(例如,降低最大运行速度等)。

2.12."Fault" means an abnormal condition that can cause a failure. This can concern hardware or software.
2.12. 故障 ”是指可能导致故障的异常情况。这可能涉及硬件或软件。

2.13."Failure" means the termination of an intended behaviour of a component or a system of the System due to a fault manifestation.
2.13. 故障 ”是指由于故障表现而终止系统的组件或系统的预期行为。

2.14."Unreasonable risk" means the overall level of risk for the vehicle occupants and other road users which is increased compared to a manually driven vehicle in comparable transportation services and situations within the system boundaries.
2.14. 不合理风险 ”是指在系统边界内的可比运输服务和情况下,手动驾驶车辆相比,车辆乘员和其他道路使用者的总体风险水平有所增加

2.15."Highway" means a road where pedestrians and cyclists are prohibited and which, by design, is equipped with a physical separation that divides the traffic moving in opposite directions.
2.15. 高速公路 ”是指禁止行人和骑自行车者通行的道路,并且根据设计,该道路配备了物理分隔装置,将相反方向的车辆分开。

2.16.Non-Highway” means a road other than a highway as defined in paragraph 2.15.
2.16. 非公路 ”是指第 2.15 段 所定义的公路以外的道路。

3.Documentation
3. 文档

3.1.Requirements
3.1. 要求

The manufacturer shall provide a documentation package which gives access to the basic design of the system and the means by which it is linked to other vehicle systems or by which it directly controls output variables. The function(s) of the system and the safety concept, as laid down by the manufacturer, shall be explained. Documentation shall be brief, yet provide evidence that the design and development has had the benefit of expertise from all the system fields which are involved. For periodic technical inspections, the documentation shall describe how the current operational status of the system can be checked.
制造商应提供一个文档包,该文档包可以访问系统的基本设计以及它与其他车辆系统相连或直接控制输出变量的方式。应解释制造商规定的系统功能和安全概念。文件应简短,但应提供证据,证明设计和开发已受益于所涉及的所有系统领域的专业知识。对于定期技术检查,文件应描述如何检查系统当前的运行状态。

The Type Approval Authority shall assess the documentation package to show that "The System":
型式认可机构应评估文件包,以表明“系统”:

(a)Is designed to operate, under non-fault and fault conditions, in such a way that it is free from unreasonable risk; and
(a) 设计为在非过错和过错条件下以不存在不合理风险的方式运行;以及

(b)Respects, under non-fault and fault conditions, all the appropriate performance requirements specified elsewhere in this UN Regulation; and
(b) 在非过错和过错条件下,遵守本《联合国条例》其他部分规定的所有适当履约要求;以及

(c)Was developed according to the development process/method chosen by the manufacturer according to paragraph 3.4.4.
(c) 是根据制造商根据第 3.4.4 段选择的开发工艺/方法开发的。

3.1.1.Documentation shall be made available in two parts:
3.1.1. 文件应分为两部分:

(a)The formal documentation package for the approval, containing the material listed in paragraph 3. (with the exception of that of paragraph 3.4.4.) which shall be supplied to the Type Approval Authority at the time of submission of the type approval application. This documentation package shall be used by the Type Approval Authority as the basic reference for the verification process set out in paragraph 4. of this Annex. The Type Approval Authority shall ensure that this documentation package remains available for a period determined in agreement with the Type Approval Authority. This period shall be at least 10 years counted from the time when production of the vehicle is definitely discontinued.
(a) 核准的正式文件包,其中载有第 3 款所列材料。(第 3.4.4 段除外。应在提交型式认可申请时提供给型式认可机构。型式认可机构应将本文件包用作第 4 款 所述验证过程的基本参考。本附件。型式认可机构应确保本文档包在与型式认可机构达成协议确定的期限内保持可用。该期限应从车辆确定停产之日起计算至少 10 年。

(b)Additional confidential material and analysis data (intellectual property) of paragraph 3.4.4. which shall be retained by the manufacturer, but made open for inspection (e.g., on-site in the engineering facilities of the manufacturer) at the time of type approval. The manufacturer shall ensure that this material and analysis data remains available for a period of 10 years counted from the time when production of the vehicle is definitely discontinued.
(b) 第 3.4.4 段中的附加机密材料和分析数据(知识产权)。应由制造商保留,但在型式批准时开放以供检查(例如,在制造商的工程设施中现场)。制造商应确保这些材料和分析数据在车辆绝对停产之日起计算的 10 年内可用。

3.2.Description of the functions of the system
3.2. 系统功能说明

A description shall be provided which gives a simple explanation of all the functions, including control strategies, of the system and the methods employed to achieve the objectives, including a statement of the mechanism(s) by which control is exercised.
应提供说明,简要解释系统的所有功能,包括控制策略,以及为实现目标而采用的方法,包括说明行使控制的机制。

Any described function shall be identified and a further description of the changed rationale of the function’s operation provided.
应识别任何所述功能,并提供对功能作的更改基本原理的进一步描述。

Any enabled or disabled safety related functions providing assistance to the driver as defined in paragraph 2.1. of this UN Regulation, when the hardware and software are present in the vehicle at the time of production, shall be declared and are subject to the requirements of this Annex, prior to their use in the vehicle.
第 2.1 段中定义的任何启用或禁用为驾驶员提供帮助的安全相关功能。本联合国条例的规定,当硬件和软件在生产时存在于车辆中时,应在车辆中使用之前进行声明并遵守本附件的要求。

3.2.1.A list of all input and sensed variables shall be provided and the working range of these defined, along with a description of how each variable affects system behaviour.
3.2.1. 应提供所有输入变量和感知变量的列表,并定义这些变量的工作范围,以及每个变量如何影响系统行为的描述。

3.2.2.A list of all output variables which are controlled by the system shall be provided and an explanation given, in each case, of whether the control is direct or via another vehicle system. The range of control exercised on each such variable shall be defined.
3.2.2. 应提供由系统控制的所有输出变量的列表,并在每种情况下解释控制是直接控制还是通过其他车辆系统控制。应界定对每个此类变量的控制范围。

3.2.3.Limits defining the boundaries of functional operation shall be stated where appropriate to system performance.
3.2.3. 应根据系统性能适当规定定义功能作边界的限制。

3.2.4. A declaration of the capability of the system and its features according to the model in Appendix 4 to this Annex shall be provided.
3.2.4. 应根据本附件附录 4 中的模型提供系统的能力及其功能声明。

3.3.System layout and schematics
3.3. 系统布局和原理图

3.3.1.Inventory of components.
3.3.1. 组件清单。

A list shall be provided, collating all the units of the system and mentioning the other vehicle systems which are needed to achieve the control function in question.
应提供一份清单,整理系统的所有单元,并提及实现相关控制功能所需的其他车辆系统。

An outline schematic showing these units in combination, shall be provided with both the equipment distribution and the interconnections made clear.
应提供显示这些单元组合的轮廓示意图,并明确设备分布和互连。

3.3.2.Functions of the units
3.3.2. 单位的功能

The function of each unit of the system shall be outlined and the signals linking it with other units or with other vehicle systems shall be shown. This may be provided by a labelled block diagram or other schematic, or by a description aided by such a diagram.
应概述系统每个单元的功能,并显示将其与其他单元或其他车辆系统连接起来的信号。这可以通过标记框图或其他原理图,或者由此类图辅助的描述提供。

3.3.3.Interconnections
3.3.3. 互连

Interconnections within the system shall be shown by a circuit diagram for the electric transmission links, by a piping diagram for pneumatic or hydraulic transmission equipment and by a simplified diagrammatic layout for mechanical linkages. The transmission links both to and from other systems shall also be shown
系统内的互连应通过电力传输链路的电路图、气动或液压传输设备的管道图以及机械连接的简化图表布局来显示。还应显示与其他系统之间的传输链路

3.3.4.Signal flow, operating data and priorities
3.3.4. 信号流、作数据和优先级

There shall be a clear correspondence between transmission links and the signals carried between units. Priorities of signals on multiplexed data paths shall be stated wherever priority may be an issue affecting performance or safety.
传输链路与单元之间承载的信号之间应有明确的对应关系。多路复用数据路径上信号的优先级应说明任何优先级可能影响性能或安全的问题。

3.3.5.Identification of units
3.3.5. 单位的识别

Each unit shall be clearly and unambiguously identifiable (e.g. by marking for hardware and marking or software output for software content) to provide corresponding hardware and documentation association.
每个单元都应清晰、明确地可识别(例如,通过硬件标记和软件内容标记或软件输出),以提供相应的硬件和文档关联。

Where functions are combined within a single unit or indeed within a single computer, but shown in multiple blocks in the block diagram for clarity and ease of explanation, only a single hardware identification marking shall be used. The manufacturer shall, by the use of this identification, affirm that the equipment supplied conforms to the corresponding document.
如果功能组合在单个单元内或实际上在一台计算机内,但为了清晰和易于解释,框图中的多个块显示,则只能使用单个硬件识别标记。制造商应通过使用此标识来确认所提供的设备符合相应的文件。

3.3.5.1.The identification defines the hardware and software version and, where the latter changes such as to alter the function of the Unit as far as this Regulation is concerned, this identification shall also be changed.
3.3.5.1. 标识定义了硬件和软件版本,如果后者发生变化,以致改变本条例所涉及的单位的功能,则该标识也应予更改。

3.4.Safety concept of the manufacturer
3.4. 制造商的安全理念

3.4.1.The manufacturer shall provide a statement which affirms that the strategy chosen to achieve the system objectives will not, under non-fault conditions, prejudice the safe operation of the vehicle.
3.4.1. 制造商应提供一份声明,确认为实现系统目标而选择的策略在非故障条件下不会损害车辆的安全运行。

The manufacturer shall supplement this statement by an explanation showing in overall terms how the chosen strategy ensures that the system objectives does not prejudice the safe operation of the systems referred above, and by a description of the part of the validation plan supporting the statement.
制造商应通过解释来补充本声明,以总体方式显示所选策略如何确保系统目标不损害上述系统的安全运行,并描述支持该声明的验证计划部分。

The Type Approval Authority shall perform an assessment to establish that the manufacturer’s explanation of the chosen strategy is understandable, logical and that the validation plan is suitable and have been completed.
型式认可机构应进行评估,以确定制造商对所选策略的解释是可以理解的、合乎逻辑的,并且验证计划是合适的并且已经完成。

The Type Approval Authority may perform tests, or may require tests to be performed, as specified in paragraph 4. below, to verify that “the system” operates as per the chosen strategy.
型式认可机构可以按照第 4 款的规定进行测试,也可以要求进行测试。下面,验证“系统”是否按照所选策略运行。

3.4.2.In respect of software employed in the system, the outline architecture shall be explained and the design methods and tools used shall be identified. The manufacturer shall show evidence of the means by which they determined the realisation of the system logic, during the design and development process.
3.4.2. 对于系统中使用的软件,应解释大纲架构,并确定使用的设计方法和工具。制造商应出示在设计和开发过程中确定系统逻辑实现的方法的证据。

3.4.3.The manufacturer shall provide the Type Approval Authority with an explanation of the design provisions built into the system so as to generate safe operation under fault conditions. Possible design provisions for failure in the system are for example:
3.4.3. 制造商应向型式认可机构提供系统内置设计规定的解释,以便在故障条件下实现安全运行。例如,系统故障的可能设计规定是:

(a)Fall-back to operation using a partial system;
(a) 回退到使用部分系统的作;

(b)Change-over to a separate back-up system;
(b) 改用单独的备用系统;

(c)Removal of the high-level function.
(c) 取消高级职能。

3.4.3.1.If the chosen provision selects a partial performance mode of operation under certain fault conditions, then these conditions shall be stated and the resulting limits of effectiveness defined.
3.4.3.1. 如果所选条款选择了某些故障条件下的部分性能运行模式,则应说明这些条件并定义由此产生的有效限制。

3.4.3.2.If the chosen provision selects a second (back-up) means to realise the vehicle control system objective, the principles of the change-over mechanism, the logic and level of redundancy and any built in back-up checking features shall be explained and the resulting limits of back-up effectiveness defined.
3.4.3.2. 如果所选择的规定选择第二种(备用)手段来实现车辆控制系统的目标,则应解释转换机制的原理、冗余的逻辑和级别以及任何内置的备用检查功能,并界定由此产生的备用有效性的限制。

3.4.3.3.If the chosen provision selects the removal of the higher-level function, all the corresponding output control signals associated with this function shall be inhibited, and in such a manner as to limit the transition disturbance.
3.4.3.3. 如果所选规定选择删除更高电平功能,则应抑制与该功能相关的所有相应输出控制信号,并应以限制过渡干扰的方式进行抑制。

3.4.4.The documentation shall be supported, by an analysis which shows, in overall terms, how the system will behave on the occurrence of any individual hazard or fault which will have a bearing on vehicle control performance or safety.
3.4.4. 该文件应通过分析来支持,该分析总体上显示系统在发生任何对车辆控制性能或安全有影响的单个危险或故障时的行为。

The chosen analytical approach(es) shall be established and maintained by the manufacturer and shall be made open for inspection by the Type Approval Authority at the time of the type approval.
所选的分析方法应由制造商建立和维护,并应在型式批准时开放供型式认可机构检查。

The Type Approval Authority shall perform an assessment of the application of the analytical approach(es). The assessment shall include:
型式认可机构应对分析方法的应用进行评估。评估应包括:

(a)Inspection of the safety approach at the concept (vehicle) level with confirmation that it includes consideration of:
(a) 在概念(车辆)层面检查安全方法,并确认该方法包括以下因素:

(i)Interactions with other vehicle systems;
(i) 与其他车辆系统的相互作用;

(ii)Malfunctions of the system, within the scope of this UN Regulation, including the controllability aspects in accordance with paragraph 5.3.6. of this UN Regulation;
(二) 本《联合国条例》范围内的系统故障 ,包括根据本《联合国条例》第 5.3.6 段规定的可控性方面 ;

(iii)For functions defined in paragraph 3.2. of this UN Regulation:
(iii) 对于本联合国条例第 3.2 段所界定的职能:

-Situations when a system free from faults may create safety critical risks (e.g. due to a lack of or wrong comprehension of the vehicle environment);
- 没有故障的系统可能会产生安全关键风险的情况(例如,由于缺乏或错误地理解车辆环境);

-Operational and system limitations;
- 作和系统限制;

-Reasonably foreseeable misuse by the driver;
- 司机合理可预见的滥用;

-Intentional modification of the system.
- 有意修改系统。

(iv)Cyber-attacks having an impact on the safety of the vehicle.
(iv) 对车辆安全产生影响的网络攻击。

This approach may be based on a Hazard / Risk analysis appropriate to system safety.
这种方法可能基于适合系统安全的危害/风险分析。

(b)Inspection of the safety approach at the system level. This approach includes top down and bottom-up approach. The safety approach may be based on Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA), a Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) and a System-Theoretic Process Analysis (STPA) or any similar process appropriate to system functional and operational safety;
(b) 在系统一级检查安全方法。这种方法包括自上而下和自下而上的方法。安全方法可以基于故障模式和影响分析 (FMEA)、故障树分析 (FTA) 和系统理论过程分析 (STPA) 或适用于系统功能和作安全的任何类似过程;

(c)Inspection of the validation plans and results. This validation shall / may include validation testing appropriate for validation, for example, Hardware in the Loop (HIL) testing, vehicle on-road operational testing, or any other testing appropriate for validation.
(c) 检查审定计划和结果。此验证应/可能包括适合验证的验证测试,例如硬件在环 (HIL) 测试、车辆道路运行测试或任何其他适合验证的测试。

The assessment shall consist of checks of hazards, faults and failure conditions chosen by the Type Approval Authority to establish that the manufacturer’s explanation of the safety concept is understandable, logical and that the validation plans are suitable and have been completed.
评估应包括对型式认可机构选择的危险、故障和故障条件的检查,以确定制造商对安全概念的解释是可以理解的、合乎逻辑的,并且验证计划是合适的并且已经完成。

The Type Approval Authority may perform tests or may require tests to be performed as specified in paragraph 4. to verify the safety concept.
型式认可机构可以按照第 4 款的规定进行测试,也可以要求进行测试。验证安全理念。

3.4.4.1.This documentation shall itemize the parameters being monitored and shall set out, for each relevant failure condition of the type defined in paragraph 3.4.4. of this Annex, the warning signal to be given to the driver and/or to service/technical inspection personnel.
3.4.4.1. 本文件应逐项列出所监测的参数,并应针对 本附件第 3.4.4 段 中定义的类型的每种相关故障情况,列出向驾驶员和/或服务/技术检查人员发出的警告信号。

3.4.4.2.This documentation shall describe the measures in place to ensure the system does not prejudice the safe operation of the vehicle when the performance of the system is affected by environmental conditions e.g. climatic, temperature, dust ingress, water ingress, ice packing.
3.4.4.2. 本文档应描述当系统性能受到环境条件(例如气候、温度、灰尘进入、进水、冰块)影响时,确保系统不会损害车辆安全运行的措施。

Where this UN Regulation contains particular requirements for the operation of the system under different environmental conditions, this documentation shall describe the measures in place to ensure compliance with those requirements.
如果本联合国条例包含系统在不同环境条件下运行的特殊要求,则本文件应描述为确保遵守这些要求而采取的措施。

3.5.Safety Management System (Process Audit)
3.5. 安全管理体系(过程审核)

3.5.1.In respect of software and hardware employed in the system, the manufacturer shall demonstrate to the Type Approval Authority in terms of a safety management system that effective processes, methodologies and tools are in place, up to date and being followed within the organization to manage the safety and continued compliance throughout the product lifecycle (design, development, production and operation).
3.5.1. 对于系统中使用的软件和硬件,制造商应根据安全管理体系向型式认可机构证明有效的流程、方法和工具已到位、最新并在组织内得到遵循,以在整个产品生命周期中管理安全和持续合规性(设计、 开发、生产和经营)。

3.5.2.The safety management system shall comprise of the following key components:
3.5.2. 安全管理体系应包括以下关键组成部分:

(a)Safety policy and objectives, which establish safety practices with a clear safety policy, safety roles and responsibilities, and organizational safety objectives;
(a) 安全政策和目标,制定具有明确安全政策、安全角色和责任以及组织安全目标的安全做法;

(b)Safety risk management which aims at managing the risk in a proactive way;
(b) 安全风险管理,旨在以主动方式管理风险;

(c)Safety assurance to monitor, analyse, and measure overall safety performance;
(c) 监测、分析和衡量总体安全绩效的安全保证;

(d)Safety promotion to ensure adequate information, education, and heighten the safety awareness of employees.
(d) 安全宣传,确保充分的信息、教育,并提高员工的安全意识。

3.5.3.The design and development process shall be established including safety-by-design, requirements management, requirements’ implementation, testing, failure tracking, remedy and release.
3.5.3. 应建立设计和开发流程,包括安全设计、需求管理、需求实施、测试、故障跟踪、补救和发布。

3.5.4.The manufacturer shall institute and maintain effective communication channels between manufacturer departments responsible for functional/operational safety, cybersecurity and any other relevant disciplines related to the achievement of vehicle safety.
3.5.4. 制造商应在负责功能/运营安全、网络安全以及与实现车辆安全相关的任何其他相关学科的制造商部门之间建立并维持有效的沟通渠道。

3.5.5.The manufacturer shall demonstrate that periodic independent internal process audits are carried out to ensure that the processes established in accordance with paragraphs 3.5.1 to 3.5.4. are implemented consistently.
3.5.5. 制造商应证明定期进行独立的内部流程审核,以确保根据第 3.5.1 至 3.5.4 段建立的流程得到一致实施。

3.5.6.The manufacturer shall put in place suitable arrangements (e.g. contractual arrangements, clear interfaces, quality management system) with suppliers to ensure that the supplier safety management system comply with the requirements of paragraphs 3.5.1. (except for vehicle related aspects like "operation"), 3.5.2, 3.5.3 and 3.5.5.
3.5.6. 制造商应与供应商订立适当的安排(例如合同安排、明确的接口、质量管理体系),以确保供应商安全管理体系符合第 3.5.1 段的要求。(与车辆相关的方面,如“作”),3.5.2、3.5.3 和 3.5.5。

3.5.7.The documentation shall outline a system information strategy which aims to encourage the driver to review information on system operation when the driver operates the system (e.g. a regular notification at the start of the drive cycle when the system is switched to ‘on’ mode inviting the driver to review relevant materials).
3.5.7. 该文件应概述系统信息策略,旨在鼓励驾驶员在驾驶员作系统时查看有关系统作的信息(例如,当系统切换到“开启”模式时,在驾驶周期开始时定期通知,邀请驾驶员查看相关材料)。

4.Verification and test
4. 验证和测试

4.1.The functional operation of the system, as laid out in the documents required in paragraph 3., shall be tested as follows:
4.1. 第 3 段 要求的文件中规定的系统功能运行应按如下方式进行测试:

4.1.1.Verification of the function of the system
4.1.1. 系统功能验证

The Type Approval Authority shall verify the system under non-fault conditions by testing a number of selected functions from those declared by the manufacturer in paragraph 3.2. above.
型式认可机构应通过测试制造商在第 3.2 段中声明的功能中的一些选定功能来验证系统在非故障条件下。以上。

The verification of the performance of those selected functions shall be conducted following the manufacturer's test procedures unless a test procedure is specified in this UN Regulation.
除非本联合国条例中规定了测试程序,否则应按照制造商的测试程序进行这些选定功能的性能验证。

For cases where the system is subject to input signal(s) from systems outside the scope of this UN Regulation, the test shall be conducted using the test procedure of the relevant UN Regulation, or by another means that generates the relevant input signal(s), (e.g. simulation).
对于系统受到来自本联合国条例范围之外的系统的输入信号的影响,测试应使用相关联合国条例的测试程序或通过产生相关输入信号的其他方式(例如模拟)进行。

For complex electronic systems, these tests shall include scenarios whereby a declared function is overridden.
对于复杂的电子系统,这些测试应包括覆盖声明功能的情况。

4.1.1.1.The verification results shall correspond with the description, including the control strategies, provided by the manufacturer in paragraph 3.2.
4.1.1.1. 验证结果应与制造商在第 3.2 段中提供的描述(包括控制策略)相符。

4.1.2.Verification of the safety concept of paragraph 3.4.
4.1.2. 验证第 3.4 段的安全概念。

The reaction of the system shall be checked under the influence of a failure in any individual unit by applying corresponding output signals to electrical units or mechanical elements in order to simulate the effects of internal faults within the unit. The Type Approval Authority shall conduct this check for at least one individual unit, but shall not check the reaction of "The System" to multiple simultaneous failures of individual units.
应通过向电气单元或机械元件施加相应的输出信号来检查系统在任何单个单元故障的影响下,以模拟单元内内部故障的影响。型式认可机构应对至少一个单元进行此检查,但不得检查“系统”对单个单元同时发生多个故障的反应。

The Type Approval Authority shall verify that these tests include aspects that may have an impact on vehicle controllability and user information/interaction (HMI aspects).
型式认可机构应验证这些测试是否包括可能对车辆可控性和用户信息/交互产生影响的方面(HMI 方面)。

4.1.2.1.The verification results shall correspond with the documented summary of the failure analysis, to a level of overall effect such that the safety concept and execution are confirmed as being adequate.
4.1.2.1. 验证结果应与失效分析的书面摘要相对应,达到整体效果水平,从而确认安全概念和执行是充分的。

4.1.3.Verification of the controllability
4.1.3. 可控性验证

The verification under non-fault (paragraph 4.1.1.1.) and fault (paragraph 4.1.2.1.) conditions shall be adequate from a controllability perspective.
从可控性的角度来看,在非过失(第4.1.1.1.1段)和过错(第4.1.2.1.1段)条件下的核查应是充分的。

4.1.3.1.In relation to paragraph 5.3.6.2. of this UN Regulation, the strategies for ensuring controllability may include, but are not limited to:
4.1.3.1. 关于本《联合国条例》第 5.3.6.2 段, 确保可控性的战略可包括但不限于:

(a)Limiting the system’s steering output;
(a) 限制系统的转向输出;

(b)Adjusting the vehicle’s position in the lane of travel;
(b) 调整车辆在行驶车道上的位置;

(c)Determining road type and attributes;
(c) 确定道路类型和属性;

(d)Determining other road user behaviour;
(d) 确定其他道路使用者行为;

(e)Driver monitoring used.
(e) 使用驾驶员监控

4.1.3.2.In relation to paragraph 5.3.6.2. of this UN Regulation, the strategies for ensuring controllability whilst withholding HORs may include, but are not limited to:
4.1.3.2. 关于本联合国条例第 5.3.6.2 段 扣留 HOR 的同时确保可控性的策略可能包括但不限于:

(a)Not immediately terminating assistance and continuing control on an appropriate trajectory, e.g. when the driver is not detected to be holding the steering control and lane markings are temporarily not detected;
(a) 没有立即终止辅助并在适当的轨迹上继续控制,例如当未检测到驾驶员正在握住转向控制装置且暂时未检测到车道标记时;

(b)Limiting or avoiding sudden vehicle motion to the extent possible (e.g. to avoid a sudden loss of steering assistance), as outlined in the safety concept of the vehicle manufacturer;
(b) 按照车辆制造商的安全概念所述,尽可能限制或避免车辆突然运动(例如,避免突然失去转向辅助 );

(c)Adjusting the vehicle’s position in the lane of travel (e.g., offsetting while navigating through a curve, maintaining a center position or offsetting for other traffic)
(c) 调整车辆在行驶车道上的位置(例如,在通过弯道时偏移、保持中心位置或偏移其他交通)
;

(d)Determining road type and attributes (e.g., limited to wide lane or lane with laterally wide free space);
(d) 确定道路类型和属性(例如,仅限于宽车道或横向自由空间较宽的车道);

(e)Limiting the designed speed range or lateral acceleration range;
(e) 限制设计速度范围或横向加速度范围;

(f)Increasing warning times other than the HOR and EOR to allow sufficient time to the driver to apply direct steering control after moving back the hands.
(f) 增加 HOR 和 EOR 以外的警告时间,以便驾驶员有足够的时间在手向后移动后应用直接转向控制。

4.2.Simulation tools and mathematical models for verification of the safety concept may be used, in particular for scenarios that are difficult on a test track or in real driving conditions. Where used for this purpose, such methods shall be in accordance of Annex 5 of this UN Regulation. The manufacturer shall demonstrate the scope of the simulation tool, its validity for the scenario concerned as well as the validation performed for the simulation tool chain (correlation of the outcome with physical tests).
4.2. 可以使用模拟工具和数学模型来验证安全概念,特别是对于在测试赛道或实际驾驶条件下困难的场景。为此目的使用的,此类方法应符合本联合国条例附件 5 的规定。制造商应证明仿真工具的范围、其对相关场景的有效性以及对仿真工具链执行的验证(结果与物理测试的相关性)。

4.2.1.If virtual testing is performed by the manufacturer, the Type Approval Authority shall evaluate the declared results provided by the manufacturer, in particular pertaining to safety metrics and the coverage of the system boundaries.
4.2.1. 如果制造商进行虚拟测试,型式认可机构应评估制造商提供的声明结果, 特别是与安全指标和系统边界覆盖范围有关的结果。

4.3.The Type Approval Authority shall check a number of scenarios that are critical for the characterization of HMI functions of the system, as well as to verify the effective performance of the driver disengagement monitoring and warning system.
4.3. 型式认可机构应检查一些对系统 HMI 功能表征以及验证驾驶员脱离监控和警告系统的有效性能至关重要的场景。

4.4.The Type Approval Authority shall also check a number of scenarios that are critical for controllability of system boundaries by the driver (e.g. object difficult to detect, when the system reaches its system boundaries, risk of collision with another road user, system fault conditions) as defined in the regulation.
4.4. 型式认可机构还应检查法规中定义的对驾驶员可控性系统边界至关重要的许多场景(例如,当系统到达其系统边界时难以检测到的物体、与其他道路使用发生碰撞的风险 、系统故障情况)。

5.Reporting by Type Approval Authority
5. 型式认可机构报告

The reporting of the assessment by the Type Approval Authority shall be performed in such a manner that it allows traceability, e.g. versions of documents inspected are coded and listed in the assessment records.
型式认可机构对评估的报告应以允许可追溯的方式进行,例如,对检查的文件的版本进行编码并列在评估记录中。

An example of a possible layout for the assessment form is given in Appendix 1 to this Annex.
本附件附录1给出了评估表的可能布局示例。

Appendix 1
附录1

Model assessment form for electronic systems, and/or complex electronic systems
电子系统和/或复杂电子系统的模型评估表

Test report No:
检测报告编号:

1.Identification
1. 鉴定

1.1.Make:
1.1. 制作:

1.2.Vehicle Type:
1.2. 车辆类型:

1.3.Means of system identification on the vehicle:
1.3. 车辆上的系统识别方式:

1.4.Location of that marking:
1.4. 该标记的位置:

1.5.Manufacturer’s name and address:
1.5. 制造商名称和地址:

1.6.If applicable, name and address of manufacturer’s representative:
1.6. 如果适用,制造商代表的姓名和地址:

1.7.Manufacturer’s formal documentation package:
1.7. 制造商的正式文档包:

Documentation reference No:
文档编号:

Date of original issue:
原始发行日期:

Date of latest update:
最新更新日期:

2.Test vehicle(s)/system(s) description
2. 测试车辆/系统说明

2.1.General description:
2.1. 一般描述:

2.2.Description of all the control functions of the system, including control strategies (paragraph 3.2. of Annex 3):
2.2. 系统所有控制功能的描述,包括控制策略(附件 3 第 3.2 段):

2.2.1.List of input and sensed variables and their working range including a description the effect of the variable on system behaviour (paragraph 3.2.1. of Annex 3):
2.2.1. 输入变量和感知变量及其工作范围列表,包括对变量对系统行为影响的描述(附件 3 第 3.2.1 段):

2.2.2.List of output variables and their range of control (paragraph 3.2.2. of Annex 3):
2.2.2. 输出变量及其控制范围清单(附件3第3.2.2段):

2.2.2.1. Directly controlled:
2.2.2.1. 直接控制:

2.2.2.2. Controlled via another vehicle system:
2.2.2.2. 通过另一个车辆系统控制:

2.3.Description System layout and schematics (paragraph 3.3. of Annex 3):
2.3. 描述系统布局和原理图(附件3第3.3段):

2.3.1.Inventory of components (paragraph 3.3.1. of Annex 3):
2.3.1. 组件清单(附件3第3.3.1段):

2.3.2.Functions of the units (paragraph 3.3.2. of Annex 3):
2.3.2. 各单位的职能(附件 3 第 3.3.2 段):

2.3.3.Interconnections (paragraph 3.3.3. of Annex 3):
2.3.3. 互连(附件3第3.3.3段):

2.3.4.Signal flow, operating data and priorities (paragraph 3.3.4. of Annex 3):
2.3.4. 信号流、运行数据和优先级(附件3第3.3.4段):

2.3.5.Identification of units (hardware & software) (paragraph 3.3.5. of Annex 3):
2.3.5. 单元(硬件和软件)的标识(附件3第3.3.5段):

3.Manufacturer’s safety concept
3、 制造商的安全理念

3.1.Manufacturer’s declaration (paragraph 3.4.1. of Annex 3):
3.1. 制造商声明(附件 3 第 3.4.1 段):


The manufacturer(s) ............................................................. affirm(s) that the system objectives will not, under non-fault conditions, prejudice the safe operation of the vehicle.
制造商 ............................................................. 确认系统目标在非故障条件下不会损害车辆的安全运行

3.2.Software (Outline architecture, software design methods and tools used) (paragraph 3.4.2. of Annex 3):
3.2. 软件(大纲架构、软件设计方法和所用工具)(附件3第3.4.2段):

3.3.Explanation of design provisions built into the system under fault conditions (paragraph 3.4.3. of Annex 3):
3.3. 故障条件下系统内置设计规定的解释(附件 3 第 3.4.3 段):

3.4.Documented analyses of the behaviour of the system under individual fault conditions:
3.4. 系统在各个故障条件下的行为记录分析:

3.4.1. Parameters monitored:
3.4.1. 监控的参数:

3.4.2. Warning signals generated:
3.4.2. 生成的警告信号:

3.5.Description of the measures in place for environmental conditions (paragraph 3.4.4.2. of Annex 3):
3.5. 针对环境条件采取的措施的说明(附件 3 第 3.4.4.2 段):

3.6.Provisions for the periodic technical inspection of the system (paragraph 3.1. of Annex 3):
3.6. 系统定期技术检查的规定(附件3第3.1段):

3.7.Description of the method by which the operational status of the system can be checked:
3.7. 检查系统运行状态的方法说明:

4.Verification and Test
4. 验证和测试

4.1.Verification of the function of the system (paragraph 4.1.1. of Annex 3):
4.1. 系统功能验证(附件 3 第 4.1.1 段):

4.1.1. List of the selected functions and a description of the test procedures used:
4.1.1. 所选功能列表和所用测试程序的描述:

4.1.2. Test results verified according to this Annex, paragraph 4.1.1.1.Yes/No
4.1.2. 根据本附件第 4.1.1.1 段核实的测试结果。 是/否

4.2.Verification of the system safety concept (paragraph 4.1.2. of Annex 3):
4.2. 系统安全概念的验证(附件3第4.1.2段):

4.2.1.Unit(s) tested and their function:
4.2.1. 测试的单元及其功能:

4.2.2.Simulated fault(s):
4.2.2. 模拟故障:

4.2.3.Test results verified according to Annex 3, paragraph 4.1.2.:Yes/No.
4.2.3. 根据附件 3 第 4.1.2 段验证的测试结果: 是/否。

4.3.Date of test(s):
4.3. 测试日期:

4.4.This test(s) has been carried out and the results reported in accordance with … to UN Regulation No. 1XX (the number of this UN Regulation) as last amended by the ... series of amendments.
4.4. 该测试已进行,结果报告符合......联合国第 1XX 号条例(本联合国条例的编号)由  ......一系列修正案。

Type Approval Authority carrying out the test
进行测试的型式认可机构

Signed: .......................................
Date: .......................................
签署:。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。 日期:。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。。

4.5.Comments:
4.5. 注释:

Appendix 2
附录2

System design to be assessed during the audit/assessment
在审核/评估期间要评估的系统设计

1.Introduction
1. 简介

This Appendix reflects a summary of system design aspects outlined in the core text of this Regulation to be assessed during the audit/assessment. The following information shall be provided by the manufacturer for assessment by the Type Approval Authority.
本附录反映了本条例核心文本中概述的系统设计方面的摘要,将在审计/评估期间进行评估。制造商应提供以下信息 ,供型式认可机构评估。

2.Information related to DCAS in general
2. 与 DCAS 相关的一般信息

2.1.Driver Interaction and HMI
2.1. 驾驶员交互和 HMI

2.1.1. How the system is designed to ensure the driver remains engaged with the driving task, which includes an outline of the driver monitoring system and its warning strategy (paragraph 5.5.4.2.)
2.1.1. 系统如何设计以确保驾驶员继续参与驾驶任务,其中包括驾驶员监控系统的概述及其警告策略(第 5.5.4.2 段)。

2.1.1.1.Additional strategies for driver disengagement detection and re-engagement support (paragraph 5.5.4.2.7.)
2.1.1.1. 驾驶员脱离检测和重新接触支持的其他策略(第 5.5.4.2.7 段。

2.1.1.2.Evidence of effectiveness of driver disengagement monitoring and warning strategy
2.1.1.2. 驾驶员脱离监控和预警策略有效性的证据

2.1.1.3.Evidence of robustness of the driver disengagement monitoring accounting for differences in human characteristics and apparel. This shall include evidence that the system performance in meeting the regulatory requirements is not affected adversely by e.g.
2.1.1.3. 驾驶员脱离监测的稳健性的证据,考虑了人类特征和服装的差异。这应包括证据证明系统在满足监管要求方面的性能不会受到不利影响,例如:
:

(a)Skin complexion;
(a) 肤色;

(b)Gender;
(b) 性别;

(c)Age;
(c) 年龄;

(d)Stature of the driver;
(d) 驾驶员的身材;

(e)Facial hair;
(e) 面部毛发;

(f)Corrective glasses;
(f) 矫正眼镜;

(g)Sunglasses with transmittance ≥ 70%;
(g) 透光率≥70%的太阳镜 ;

(h)Sunglasses with transmittance < 15%;
(h) 透光率< 15%的太阳镜 ;

(i)Varrying lux conditions.
(i) 多变的勒克斯条件。

2.1.1.4.An outline of the driving task relevant areas, and their limits, and applicable values in the context of determining the driver’s visual disengagement in relation to the system and its features (paragraph 5.5.4.2.5.2.)
2.1.1.4. 在确定驾驶员与系统及其功能相关的视觉脱离时,驾驶任务相关领域及其限制以及适用值的概述(第 5.5.4.2.5.2 段)。

2.1.1.5. Strategies to disable activation of the system in the context of repeated driver disengagement leading to more than one driver unavailability response (paragraph 5.5.4.2.8.1.)
2.1.1.5. 在反复驾驶员脱离导致多个驾驶员不可用响应的情况下禁用系统激活的策略(第 5.5.4.2.8.1 段)。

2.1.2. Measures taken to guard against reasonably foreseeable misuse by the driver and tampering of the system (paragraph 5.1.3.)
2.1.2. 为防止驾驶员合理可预见的滥用和篡改系统而采取的措施(第 5.1.3 段)。

2.1.3. Measures taken to encourage the driver’s understanding of the system’s limitations and their continued role in the driving task. (paragraph 5.1.2)
2.1.3. 为鼓励驾驶员了解系统的局限性及其在驾驶任务中的持续作用而采取的措施。(第 5.1.2 段)

2.1.4.Model of the information provided to users (paragraph 5.6.)
2.1.4. 向用户提供的信息的型号(第 5.6 段)

2.1.5. Extract of the relevant part of the owner`s manual
2.1.5. 用户手册相关部分摘录

2.1.6.A list of system messages and signals (paragraph 5.5.4.1.4.)
2.1.6. 系统消息和信号列表(第 5.5.4.1.4 段)

2.1.7.Timings and strategy to inform the driver about a (series of) driver-confirmed manoeuvre(s) (5.5.4.1.8.1.)
2.1.7. 通知驾驶员(一系列)驾驶员确认作的时间和策略 (5.5.4.1.8.1.)

2.1.8.Timings and strategy to inform the driver about a (series of) system-initiated manoeuvre(s) (5.5.4.1.9.1.)
2.1.8. 通知驾驶员(一系列)系统启动的作的时间和策略 (5.5.4.1.9.1.)

2.2.System Boundaries
2.2. 系统边界

2.2.1.The system’s ability to assess and respond to its surroundings as required to implement the intended functionality (paragraphs 5.3.2. and 5.3.5.)
2.2.1. 系统根据需要评估和响应周围环境的能力,以实现预期功能(第 5.3.2 段和第 5.3.5 段)。

2.2.1.1.The boundary conditions of the system and its features, and strategy to notify the driver when those boundaries are exceeded, being met or approached (paragraph 5.3.2.)
2.2.1.1. 系统的边界条件及其功能,以及在超出、达到或接近这些边界时通知驾驶员的策略(第 5.3.2 段 )。

2.2.1.2.The system’s ability to maintain appropriate distances from other road users (paragraph 5.3.2.3.)
2.2.1.2. 系统与其他道路使用者保持适当距离的能力(第 5.3.2.3 段)

2.2.1.3.The system’s ability to ensure safety, its behaviour and the impact on system performance when a feature remains in ‘active’ mode beyond the system boundaries (paragraph 5.3.5.2.2.)
2.2.1.3. 当功能在系统边界之外保持“活动”模式时,系统确保安全的能力、其行为以及对系统性能的影响(第 5.3.5.2.2 段)。

2.2.2.The boundaries for detection capabilities for the system and individual features (paragraph 5.3.1.)
2.2.2. 系统和单个特征的检测能力边界(第 5.3.1 段。

2.2.3.Evidence of continued safe operation of the system or its features when the system is unable to detect a declared system boundary (paragraph 5.3.5.4.)
2.2.3. 当系统无法检测到声明的系统边界时,系统或其功能继续安全运行的证据(第 5.3.5.4 段)。

2.3.System operation
2.3. 系统作

2.3.1.If/how the system adapts its behaviour to respond to identified safety risk of a collision (paragraph 5.3.2.2.)
2.3.1. 系统是否/如何调整其行为以应对已识别的碰撞安全风险(第 5.3.2.2 段)。

2.3.2.Additional preconditions for DCAS activation (paragraph 5.5.3.2.2.)
2.3.2. 启用 DCAS 的附加先决条件(第 5.5.3.2.2 段。

2.3.3.The system’s controllability design (paragraphs 5.3.4 and 5.3.6.)
2.3.3. 系统的可控性设计(第 5.3.4 和 5.3.6 段。

2.3.3.1.Strategies ensuring controllability when the system no longer provides longitudinal or lateral assistance in response to driver override (paragraph 5.5.3.4.1.5.)
2.3.3.1. 当系统不再提供纵向或横向辅助以响应驾驶员超控时,确保可控性的策略(第 5.5.3.4.1.5 段)

2.3.4.Description of any transitions between DCAS and other assistance or automation systems, their prioritization of one over the other, and any suppression or deactivation of other assistance systems to ensure safe and nominal operation (paragraph 5.2.2.)
2.3.4. 描述 DCAS 与其他辅助或自动化系统之间的任何过渡,它们之间的优先顺序,以及为确保安全和名义运行而禁止或停用其他辅助系统(第 5.2.2 段)。

2.3.5.System behaviour in response to changes in system-determined road speed limits in cases other than addressed in 5.3.7.4. (paragraph 5.3.7.4.7.3.4.)
2.3.5. 在 5.3.7.4 中未涉及的情况下,系统行为响应系统确定的道路速度限制的变化。(第 5.3.7.4.7.3.4 段。

2.3.6.Technically reasonable tolerances to warning thresholds and operational limits (paragraph 5.3.7.4.10.)
2.3.6. 对警告阈值和作限值的技术上合理的容差(第 5.3.7.4.10 段。

2.3.7.An outline of the system’s ability to provide continued assistance in the case of a failure disabling a given feature (paragraph 5.4.4.)
2.3.7. 概述系统在故障禁用给定功能时提供持续帮助的能力(第 5.4.4 段)。

3.Information related to System Dynamic Control
3. 系统动态控制相关信息

3.1.The strategy by which the system determines appropriate speed and resulting lateral acceleration in the context of lane of travel positioning (paragraph 5.3.7.1.3.)
3.1. 在行驶车道定位的背景下,系统确定适当速度和由此产生的横向加速度的策略( 第 5.3.7.1.3 段)。

4. Information related to DCAS features (Where applicable)
4. 与 DCAS 功能相关的信息 (如适用)

4.1.Strategies to ensure controllability if the system induces higher lateral acceleration values and the conditions are no longer met (paragraph 6.1.1.2.)
4.1. 如果系统产生更高的横向加速度值并且不再满足条件,则确保可控性的策略(第 6.1.1.2 段)。

4.2.Other sources of information to determine lane positioning without lane markings (paragraph 6.1.4.1.)
4.2. 确定不带车道标记的车道定位的其他信息来源(第 6.1.4.1 段。

4.3.Evidence that a lane change manoeuvre is only started if a vehicle in the target lane is not forced to unmanageable decelerate due to the lane change (paragraph 6.2.5.)
4.3. 只有当目标车道上的车辆没有因变道而被迫减速时,才会开始变道作(第 6.2.5 段)。

4.4.An outline of the strategies to ensure that the lane change procedure is only performed into or via a lane where the target lane is not designated for oncoming traffic (paragraph 6.2.9.3.)
4.4. 确保变道程序仅在目标车道未指定给迎面而来的车辆的车道内或通过车道执行的策略概述(第 6.2.9.3 段)。

4.5.If the system can navigate around an obstruction in the lane of travel, sufficient evidence for other reasons to perform this manoeuvre (paragraph 6.3.9.1.)
4.5. 如果系统能够绕过行进车道上的障碍物,则有足够的证据证明其他原因可以执行此作(第 6.3.9.1 段)。

Appendix 3
附录3

Exemplary Classification of the System Detection Capabilities and Relevant System Boundaries
系统检测能力和相关系统边界的示例性分类

The manufacturer shall explain the detection capabilities of DCAS, differentiated by features, if applicable, and the system boundaries for these detection capabilities. The following list shall be taken as guidance on possibly relevant objects and events in different operating scenarios:
制造商应解释 DCAS 的检测能力,按功能(如果适用)进行区分,以及这些检测能力的系统边界。以下列表应作为不同作场景中可能相关的对象和事件的指导:

·Road: type (highway, rural, etc.), surface (type, adhesion), geometry, lane characteristics, availability of lane markings, edge of road, road crossings;
· 道路:类型(高速公路、乡村等)、表面(类型、附着力)、几何形状、车道特性、车道标记的可用性、道路边缘、道路交叉口;

·Road facilities (traffic control facilities, special facilities (road construction markings), other facilities);
· 道路设施(交通管制设施、特殊设施(道路施工标线)、其他设施);

·Road events (e.g. road accidents, traffic congestion, road works);
· 道路事件(例如交通意外、交通挤塞、道路工程);

·Environmental conditions, such as:
· 环境条件,例如:

·Inclement weather, fog and mist;
· 恶劣天气、雾和雾;

·Temperature;
· 温度;

·Precipitation;
· 降水;

·Time of day and light conditions.
· 一天中的时间和光照条件。

·Other road users (e.g. motor vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians).
· 其他道路使用者(例如机动车辆、摩托车、自行车、行人)。

Appendix 4
附录4

Declaration of system capability
系统能力声明

The manufacturer shall declare the capability of the system and its features according to the classification of paragraph 6 based on the following criteria. This declaration serves as reference to the base tests to be performed according to Annex 4.
制造商应根据以下标准根据第 6 款的分类声明系统的功能及其功能。本声明作为根据附件4进行的基本测试的参考。

The system shall be considered to possess a capability as declared below if it is able to demonstrate the required behaviour in at least 90% of the corresponding tests. Evidence of this capability shall be provided to the Type Approval Authority via appropriate documentation.
如果该系统能够在至少 90% 的相应测试中证明所需的行为,则该系统应被视为具有以下声明的能力。应通过适当的文件向型式认可机构提供这种能力的证据。

When conditions deviate from those specified for the corresponding test, the system shall not unreasonably switch its control strategy. This shall be demonstrated by the manufacturer to the Type Approval Authority in accordance to Annex 4.
当条件偏离相应测试规定的条件时,系统不得不合理地切换其控制策略。制造商应根据附件 4 向型式认可机构证明这一点。

1.System’s capability to respond to other road users
1. 系统对其他道路使用者的响应能力

A detailed description of scenarios can be found in Annex 4.
附件4载有各种情况的详细说明。

The manufacturer shall declare the maximum operational speed up to which the system is able to handle (i.e., to avoid a collision without driver intervention) the following scenarios as relevant for the system’s design:
制造商应声明系统能够处理的最大运行速度(即,在没有驾驶员干预的情况下避免碰撞)与系统设计相关的以下场景:

Scenario
场景

Max. operational speed up to which the system is able to avoid a collision with a deceleration demand not exceeding 5m/s²
系统能够避免减速要求不超过 5m/s² 的碰撞的最大运行速度

Max. operational speed up to which the system/vehicle is able to avoid a collision requiring a deceleration demand exceeding 5m/s²
系统/车辆能够避免需要超过 5m/s² 的减速要求的碰撞的最大运行速度

Operating domain
作域

Stationary vehicle ahead on a straight section of road (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.1.1.)
前方车辆在直路段上停泊(附件4,第4.2.5.2.1.1段)。

Highway
公路

Stationary vehicle ahead on a curved section of road (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.2.1.)
方车辆在弯曲路段(附件 4,第 4 段)。 4.2.5.2.2.1.)

Highway
公路

Slower moving vehicle ahead on straight section of road (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.3.1.)
直路段前方行驶较慢的车辆(附件 4,第 4 段)。 4.2.5.2.3.1.)

Highway
公路

Cut-out of lead vehicle (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.5.1.)
铅车的切口(附件4,第4.2.5.2.5.1段)

Highway
公路

Cut-in vehicle from adjacent lane – Type 1 (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.6.1.)1
相邻车道切入的车辆 – 1 型(附件 4,第 1 款)。 4.2.5.2.6.1.)1

Yes/No
是/否

Yes/No
是/否

Highway
公路

Cut-in vehicle from adjacent lane – Type 2 (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.6.1.)2
从相邻车道切入的车辆 – 2 型(附件 4,标准。 4.2.5.2.6.1.)2

Yes/No
是/否

Yes/No
是/否

Highway
公路

Stationary pedestrian ahead in lane (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.7.1.)
车道前方静止行人(附件 4,标准。 4.2.5.2.7.1.)

Non-Highway
非公路

Stationary bicycle ahead in lane Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.8.1.)
附件 4 车道前方的固定自行车,标准杆。 4.2.5.2.8.1.)

Non-Highway
非公路

Decelerating lead vehicle up to 4 ms-2 (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.4.1.)
将前导车辆减速至 4 ms-2(附件 4,第 4.2.5.2.4.1 段)

Highway and Non-Highway
公路和非公路

Pedestrian target crossing into the path of the VUT (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.9.1.)
行人目标进入 VUT 路径(附件 4,第 4.2.5.2.9.1 段。

Non-Highway
非公路

Bicycle target crossing into the path of the VUT (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.10.1.)
自行车目标越过 VUT 的路径(附件 4,第 1 段)。 4.2.5.2.10.1.)

Non-Highway
非公路

(To be completed by the manufacturer)
由制造商填写

2.System’s capability to follow the course of the lane
2. 系统跟踪车道路线的能力

Speed range(s)
速度范围

Minimum Lateral Acceleration
最小横向加速度

Maximum lateral acceleration
最大横向加速度

Specific conditions (e.g., paragraph 6.1.1.)
具体条件(例如,第 6.1.1 段。

(To be completed by the manufacturer)
(由制造商填写)

2.1.Road attributes which the system may recognize relevant to the given declared system boundaries and system design, to be completed and possibly extended by the manufacturer, alternatively indicated as “Not Applicable”:
2.1. 系统可能识别的与给定声明的系统边界和系统设计相关的道路属性,由制造商完成并可能扩展,也表示为“不适用”:

Road attribute
道路属性

Considered a system boundary for the system/specific features? (yes/no)
是否考虑系统/特定特征的系统边界?(是/否)

System will not be able to respond to this road attribute
系统将无法响应此道路属性

System will be able to respond upon detection
系统将能够在检测到时做出响应

System will be able to provide an early warning
系统将能够提供预警

Operating domain
作域

Toll station
收费站

Highway
公路

End of highway
高速公路尽头

Highway
公路

Permanent lane ending
永久车道终点

Highway
公路

Temporary lane ending (e.g. due to broken down car)
临时车道结束(例如由于汽车抛锚)

Highway
公路

Long-Term Construction zone
长期建设区

Highway
公路

Railway crossings
铁路道口

Non-Highway
非公路

Intersections
交叉 口

Non-Highway
非公路

Roundabouts
环形交叉路口

Non-Highway
非公路

Pedestrian crossing
人行横道

Non-Highway
非公路

Stop sign
停止标志

Non-Highway
非公路

Give-way sign
让路标志

Non-Highway
非公路

Traffic lights
红绿灯

Non-Highway
非公路

3.System’s ability to ensure safe operation when assisting lane changes (applicable to both driver- and system-initiated lane changes)
3. 系统在辅助变道时确保安全运行的能力(适用于驾驶员和系统发起的变道

The manufacturer shall declare the range at which the system is able to respond to other unobstructed targets if equipped with lane change feature. The manufacturer shall declare the conditions under which the maximum range is reduced:
如果配备变道功能,制造商应声明系统能够响应其他畅通无阻目标的范围。制造商应声明最大范围减少的条件:

Rear (m)
后部 (m)

Front (m)
前 (m)

Side (m)
侧面 (m)

Conditions
条件

Range at which the system is able to respond to a motorcycle
系统能够响应摩托车的范围

Range at which the system is able to respond to a blocked target lane
系统能够响应阻塞目标车道的范围

Not applicable
不適用

Not applicable
不適用

Types of obstacles the vehicle is able to respond to (To be completed by the manufacturer)
车辆能够响应的障碍物类型(制造商填写

Not applicable
不適用

Not applicable
不適用

4.The system’s ability to safely perform other driver-initiated or system-initiated manoeuvres or to respond to the target in non-highway environments without driver intervention, alternatively indicated as “Not Applicable”:
4. 系统能够安全地执行其他驾驶员发起或系统发起的作 或在没有驾驶员干预的情况下在没有 n 高速公路的环境中响应目标的能力, 也表示为“不适用”:

Will the system be able to avoid a collision in this scenario?
在这种情况下,系统是否能够避免碰撞?

Preconditions under which the system will be able to avoid a collision
系统能够避免碰撞的先决条件

Pedestrian target crossing into the path of the VUT in an intersection (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.11.1.)
人目标在十字路口进入 VUT 路径(附件 4,第 4 段)。 4.2.5.2.11.1.)

Bicycle target crossing into the path of the VUT in an intersection (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.12.1.)
自行车目标在十字路口穿过 VUT 的路径(附件 4,第 1 段)。 4.2.5.2.12.1.)

VUT turns across a path of an oncoming vehicle (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.13.1.)
VUT 转弯穿过迎面而来的车辆的路径(附件 4,第 1 段)。 4.2.5.2.13.1.)

VUT crosses the straight path of a vehicle target in an intersection (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.14.1.)
VUT 在十字路口穿过车辆目标的直线路径(附件 4,第 1 段)。 4.2.5.2.14.1.)

System-initiated manoeuvring around an obstruction in the lane (Annex 4, par. 4.2.5.2.15.)
系统启动的绕过车道障碍物的机动(附件 4,第 1 段)。 4.2.5.2.15。

5.System’s ability to operate in accordance with traffic rules related to a certain driver-initiated manoeuvre
5. 系统根据与驾驶员发起的某种作相关的交通规则运行的能力

The manufacturer shall declare traffic rule compliance related to a certain manoeuvre, if relevant to the given signal. In case the system’s performance is specific to a country of operation, this may be additionally specified by the manufacturer:
如果与给定信号相关,制造商应声明与特定作相关的交通规则合规性。如果系统的性能特定于运营国家/地区,则制造商可能会额外指定:

Potentially relevant traffic rule
可能相关的交通规则

Will the system be designed to obey this rule?
系统是否会被设计为遵守此规则?

Duration of indication of the Lane Change Procedure
变道程序指示的持续时间

(To be completed by the manufacturer)
由制造商填写)

  1. The manufacturer is expected to declare whether a system response can be expected.
    制造商应声明是否可以预期系统响应。

  2. The manufacturer is expected to declare whether a system response can be expected.
    制造商应声明是否可以预期系统响应。

Annex 4
附件4

Physical Test Specifications for DCAS Validation
DCAS 验证的物理测试规范

1.Introduction
1. 引言

This Annex defines physical tests with the purpose to verify the technical requirements applicable to the system and the declaration made by the manufacturer according to Appendix 4 to Annex 3. All the tests in this annex shall be performed or witnessed by the Type Approval Authority or the Technical Service acting on its behalf (hereafter referred as “Type Approval Authority”) during the approval process.
本附件定义了物理测试,目的是验证适用于系统的技术要求以及制造商根据附件 3 附录 4 做出的声明。本附件中的所有试验均应由型式认可机构或代表其行事的技术部门(以下简称“型式认可机构”)在批准过程中进行或见证。

The specific test parameters for track tests shall be selected by the Type Approval Authority based on the declaration made by the manufacturer and shall be recorded in the test report in such a manner that allows traceability and repeatability of the test setup.
轨道试验的具体测试参数应由型式认可机构根据制造商的声明选择,并应以允许测试装置的可追溯性和可重复性的方式记录在测试报告中。

Pass- and Fail-Criteria for tests are derived solely from the technical requirements in paragraphs 5. and 6. of this UN Regulation and correspondence with the declarations made according to Appendix 4 to Annex 3.
测试的通过和失败标准仅源自第 5 段中的技术要求。和 6.本联合国条例的本条例以及与根据附件 3 附录 4 作出的声明的对应。

The tests specified in this document shall be intended as a minimum set of tests. The Type Approval Authority may perform additional tests and compare the measured results against the requirements in paragraphs 5. and 6., or the contents of the Audit according to Annex 3.
本文档中规定的测试应作为一组最低限度的测试。型式认可机构可以进行额外的测试,并将测量结果与第 5 段中的要求进行比较。和 6.,或根据附件 3 的审计内容。

2.Definitions
2. 定义

For the purposes of this Annex,
就本附件而言,

2.1."Time to Collision" (TTC) means a point in time obtained by dividing the longitudinal distance (in the direction of travel of the VUT) between the VUT and the target by the longitudinal relative speed of the VUT and the target.
2.1. 碰撞时间 ”(TTC)是指将 VUT 与目标之间的纵向距离(VUT 行进方向)除以 VUT 与目标的纵向相对速度而得到的时间点。

2.2."Offset" means the distance between the vehicle’s and the respective target’s longitudinal median plane in driving direction, measured on the ground.
2.2. 偏移 ”是指在地面上测量的车辆与相应目标纵向中平面在行驶方向上的距离。

2.3."Pedestrian Target" means a target that represents a pedestrian.
2.3. 行人目标 ”是指代表行人的目标。

2.4."Passenger Car Target" means a target that represents a passenger car vehicle.
2.4. 乘用车目标 ”是指代表乘用车的目标。

2.5."Powered Two-Wheeler Target” means a target that represents a combination of a motorcycle and motorcyclist.
2.5. 动力两轮车靶” 是指代表摩托车和摩托车手组合的靶子。

2.6.Bicycle Target” means a target that represents a combination of a bicycle and a cyclist.
2.6. 自行车目标 ”是指代表自行车和骑自行车者组合的目标。

2.7."Vehicle Under Test" (VUT) means the vehicle equipped with the system to be tested.
2.7. 被测车辆 ”(VUT)是指配备待测系统的车辆。

2.8.“Base Test” means a test scenario where the manufacturer shall declare a threshold for the missing boundary conditions (e.g. VUT speed) up to which the system is able to safely control the vehicle.
2.8.“基础测试” 是指制造商应声明系统能够安全控制车辆的缺失边界条件(例如 VUT 速度)的阈值的测试场景。

2.9.“Extended Testing” means a set of test scenarios with a combination of test design variations to verify that the system does not unreasonably change the control strategy compared to the declared value and strategy in the base test, within the declared system boundaries.
2.9.“扩展测试” 是指一组测试场景,结合了测试设计变体,以验证系统在声明的系统边界内,与基本测试中的声明值和策略相比,控制策略不会不合理地改变。

3.General principles
3. 一般原则

3.1.Test conditions
3.1. 测试条件

3.1.1.The tests shall be performed under conditions (e.g. environmental, road geometry) that allow the activation of the system or specific features thereof. For conditions not tested that may occur within the defined system boundaries of the vehicle, the manufacturer shall demonstrate as part of the audit described in Annex 3 to the satisfaction of the Type Approval Authority that the vehicle is safely controlled.
3.1.1. 测试应在允许激活系统或其特定功能的条件(例如环境、道路几何形状)下进行。对于可能发生在车辆定义的系统边界内的未测试条件,制造商应作为附件 3 中描述的审核的一部分,证明车辆是安全控制的,令型式认可机构满意。

3.1.2.If system modifications are required in order to allow testing (e.g. road type assessment criteria), it shall be ensured that these modifications do not have an effect on the test results. These modifications shall be documented and annexed to the test report. The description and the evidence of influence (if any) of these modifications shall be documented and annexed to the test report.
3.1.2. 如果需要对系统进行修改以允许测试(例如道路类型评估标准),则应确保这些修改不会对测试结果产生影响。这些修改应记录在案并附在测试报告中。这些修改的描述和影响证据(如果有)应记录在案并附在测试报告中。

3.1.3.In order to test the requirements for failure of functions, self-testing and initialisation of the system, errors may be artificially induced and the vehicle may be artificially brought into situations where it reaches the limits of the defined operating range (e.g., environmental conditions).
3.1.3. 为了测试系统功能故障、自检和初始化的要求,可能会人为地诱发错误,并且可能会人为地使车辆进入达到规定工作范围极限的情况(例如,环境条件)。

It shall be verified, that the condition of the system is according to the intended testing purpose (e.g. in a fault-free condition or with the specific faults to be tested).
应验证系统的状况是否符合预期的测试目的(例如,在无故障状态下或具有要测试的特定故障)。

3.1.4.The test surface shall afford at least the adhesion required by the scenario in order to achieve the expected test result.
3.1.4. 测试表面应至少提供场景所需的附着力,以达到预期的测试结果。

3.1.5.Test Targets
3.1.5. 测试目标

3.1.5.1.The target used for the vehicle detection tests shall be a regular high-volume series production vehicle of Category M or N or alternatively a "soft target" representative of a vehicle in terms of its identification characteristics applicable to the sensor equipment of the system under test according to ISO 19206-3. The reference point for the location of the vehicle shall be the most rearward point on the centreline of the vehicle.
3.1.5.1. 用于车辆检测测试的目标应是 M 类或 N 类的常规大批量量产车辆,或者根据 ISO 19206-3 适用于被测系统的传感器设备的识别特性,代表车辆的“软目标”。车辆位置的参考点应为车辆中心线的最后方点。

3.1.5.2.The target used for the Powered-Two-wheeler tests shall be a test device according to ISO 19206-5 or a type approved high volume series production motorcycle of Category L3. The reference point for the location of the motorcycle shall be the most backward point on the centreline of the motorcycle.
3.1.5.2. 用于动力两轮车测试的目标应是符合 ISO 19206-5 的测试设备或型式认可的 L 3 类大批量生产摩托车 。摩托车位置的参考点应为摩托车中心线上最偏斜的点。

3.1.5.3.The target used for the pedestrian detection tests shall be an "articulated soft target" and be representative of the human attributes applicable to the sensor equipment of the system under test according to ISO 19206-2.
3.1.5.3. 用于行人检测测试的目标应为“铰接软目标”,并代表根据 ISO 19206-2 适用于被测系统的传感器设备的人体属性。

3.1.5.4.The target used for bicycle detection tests shall be a device according to ISO 19206-4. The reference point for the location of the bicycle shall be the most forward point on the centreline of the bicycle.
3.1.5.4. 用于自行车检测测试的目标应为符合 ISO 19206-4 的设备。自行车位置的参考点应为自行车中心线上最靠前的点。

3.1.5.5.As an alternative to reference targets, driverless robotised vehicles or state-of-the-art test tools (e.g., soft targets, mobile platforms, etc.) may be used to carry out the tests, replacing real vehicles and other road users that could reasonably be encountered within the system boundaries. It shall be ensured that the test tools replacing the reference targets have comparable characteristics to the vehicle or road user they are intended to represent, and are in agreement between the Type Approval Authority and the manufacturer.
3.1.5.5.作为参考目标的替代方案,可以使用无人驾驶机器人车辆或最先进的测试工具(例如软目标、移动平台等)来进行测试,以取代在系统边界内合理遇到的真实车辆和其他道路使用者。应确保替代参考目标的测试工具具有与其打算代表的车辆或道路使用者相当的特性,并且在型式认可机构和制造商之间达成一致。

3.1.5.6.Details that enable the target(s) to be specifically identified and reproduced shall be recorded in the vehicle type approval documentation.
3.1.5.6. 能够具体识别和复制目标的细节应记录在车辆型式认可文件中。

3.1.6.Test parameter variation
3.1.6. 测试参数变化

3.1.6.1.The manufacturer shall declare the system boundaries to the Type Approval Authority. The Type Approval Authority shall define different combinations of test parameters (e.g., present speed of the vehicle under test, type and offset of the target, curvature of lane).
3.1.6.1. 制造商应向型式认可机构申报系统边界。型式认可机构应定义测试参数的不同组合(例如,被测车辆的当前速度、目标的类型和偏移量、车道曲率)。

3.1.6.2.In order to confirm consistency of the system, base tests shall be carried out at least 2 times. If one of the two test runs fails to meet the required performance, the test shall be repeated once. A test shall be accounted as passed if the required performance is met in two test runs and the manufacturer has provided sufficient evidence according to Annex 3 Appendix 4. The Type Approval Authority may choose to require additional test runs to confirm the declaration thresholds outlined in Annex 3 Appendix 4.
3.1.6.2. 为了确认系统的一致性,应至少进行 2 次基础测试。如果两次试验中的一次未能达到要求的性能,则应重复试验一次。如果在两次测试中达到要求的性能,并且制造商已根据附件 3 附录 4 提供了足够的证据,则测试应被视为通过。型式认可机构可以选择要求进行额外的测试运行,以确认附件 3 附录 4 中概述的声明阈值。

3.1.6.3.When conditions deviate from those specified for the base test, the system shall not unreasonably switch its control strategy. This shall be verified by the extended testing. Each parameter as outlined in the extended tests shall be varied, where variations can be grouped into a single test design. In addition, the Type Approval Authority may request additional documentation evidencing the system’s performance under parameter variations not tested.
3.1.6.3. 当条件偏离基础试验规定的条件时,系统不得不合理地切换其控制策略。这应通过扩展测试来验证。扩展测试中概述的每个参数都应变化,其中变化可以分组到一个测试设计中。此外,型式认可机构可能会要求提供额外的文件,证明系统在未经测试的参数变化下的性能。

3.1.7.Public road verification
3.1.7. 公共道路验证

3.1.7.1.Where applicable to the type of feature of the system, the Type Approval Authority shall conduct, or shall witness, an assessment of the system, in a fault-free condition, in the presence of traffic in at least in one country of operation. The purpose of this verification is to assess the behaviour of the system in a fault-free condition, in its operating environment.
3.1.7.1. 在适用于系统特征类型的情况下,型式认可机构应在至少一个运营国家/地区存在交通的情况下,在无故障状态下对系统进行评估,或应见证该系统。该验证的目的是评估系统在其运行环境中在无故障条件下的行为。

4.Test procedures
4. 测试程序

4.1.Test scenarios to confirm general compliance with requirements of this UN Regulation
4.1. 确认总体符合本联合国法规要求的测试场景

Compliance with the requirements of this UN Regulation shall be demonstrated by physical test for the following paragraphs. Variations of the same test (e.g. reaching different boundary conditions) may be demonstrated by other means (e.g. part of the audit described in Annex 3 or virtual testing) in agreement with the Type Approval Authority.
应通过对以下各段进行物理测试来证明符合本联合国条例的要求。同一测试的变化(例如达到不同的边界条件)可以通过其他方式(例如附件 3 中描述的部分审核或虚拟测试)与型式认可机构达成协议来证明。

4.1.1.Requirements and system aspects that shall be tested during the physical tests are described in table 1. The relevant requirements or system aspects shall be chosen based on the system boundaries.
4.1.1. 表 1 描述了物理测试期间应测试的要求和系统方面。相关要求或系统方面应根据系统边界进行选择。

Scenarios with the aim of testing the given requirement or aspect shall be created and described in agreement with the Type Approval Authority. Each requirement or aspect shall be assessed at least through track testing or public road verification. A given scenario may be used to assess different requirements / aspects of the system.
应与型式认可机构达成一致,创建和描述旨在测试给定要求或方面的场景。每个要求或方面都应至少通过轨道测试或公共道路验证进行评估。给定的场景可用于评估系统的不同要求/方面。

Test scenarios shall be created depending on the system preconditions for activation and system boundaries.
应根据激活的系统先决条件和系统边界创建测试场景。

*Scenarios and test procedures for these items shall be agreed between the manufacturer and the Type Approval Authority.
* 这些项目的场景和测试程序应由制造商和型式认可机构商定。

4.2.Test scenarios to assess system behaviour
4.2. 评估系统行为的测试场景

4.2.1.Test scenarios shall be selected depending on the system’s preconditions for activation and system boundaries.
4.2.1. 应根据系统的激活先决条件和系统边界来选择测试场景。

4.2.2.The tests can be performed either on a test track, or, where possible and without any safety risk to the vehicle occupants and other road users, on public roads.
4.2.2. 测试可以在测试跑道上进行,或者在可能的情况下在公共道路上进行,并且不会对车辆乘员和其他道路使用者造成任何安全风险。

Test scenarios that may cause danger to other road users and the test personnel (e.g. AEB equivalent performance, driver unavailability response, high lateral accelerations, etc.) shall be aimed to be tested on a test track.
可能对其他道路使用者和测试人员造成危险的测试场景(例如 AEB 等效性能、驾驶员不可用响应、高横向加速度等)应在测试跑道上进行测试。

Table A4/1
表 A4/1

Requirements and system aspects to be tested
要测试的要求和系统方面

Requirements or system aspect to be assessed
需要评估的要求或系统方面

Physical test scenario or audit
物理测试方案或审计

Reference in main text
正文中的参考文献

Driver Information, Driver Disengagement and Warnings to the Driver
驾驶员信息、驾驶员脱离和对驾驶员的警告

Annex 3
附件3

4.1.1.

Paras. 5.1.1. and 5.5.4.
第5.1.1段。和 5.5.4。

System Assurance of Absence of Driver Disengagement
系统保证没有驾驶员脱离

Annex 3
附件3

4.1.1.

Paras. 5.1.2. and 5.5.4.2
第5.1.2段。和 5.5.4.2

Reasonably foreseeable misuse
合理可预见的滥用

Annex 3
附件3

4.1.1.

Para. 5.1.3.
第5.1.3段。

System override
系统覆盖

Annex 3
附件3

4.1.1.

Paras. 5.1.4. and 5.5.3.4.
第5.1.4段。和 5.5.3.4。

Equivalent performance of other safety systems
与其他安全系统相当的性能

(UN Regulations Nos. 79, 130, 131, and 152)
(联合国条例第 s. 79、130、131 152)

4.2.5.2.1.1

4.2.5.2.2.1.

4.2.5.2.3.1.

4.2.5.2.4.

4.2.5.2.8.1.

4.2.5.2.9.1.

4.2.5.2.10.1.

4.2.5.2.11.1.

Para. 5.1.5.
第5.1.5段。

Functional requirements
功能要求

*

Para. 5.3.
第5.3段。

Assessment and response to surroundings as required for the functionality
根据功能所需的环境评估和响应

4.2.5.2.5.1.

4.2.5.2.6.1.

Para. 5.3.2., 5.3.7.1.2.
第5.3.2、5.3.7.1.2段。

Vehicle behaviour in traffic (Avoid disruption of traffic flow, maintain appropriate distance from other road users, reduce risk of collision, deceleration/acceleration, traffic rules, headway distance)
车辆在交通中的行为(避免交通流中断、与其他道路使用者保持适当距离、降低碰撞风险、减速/加速、交通规则、车头距离)

4.3.1.

4.3.2.

Paras. 5.3.4.,
停。5.3.4.,

5.3.7.2.,

5.3.7.5.,

5.4.2.,

Activating relevant vehicle systems
激活相关车辆系统

Annex 3
附件3

4.1.1.

Para. 5.3.3.
第5.3.3段。

Detecting and Reaching DCAS boundaries
检测并到达 DCAS 边界

Annex 3
附件3

4.1.1.

Paras. 5.3.5., 5.3.7.1.4.
停。5.3.5., 5.3.7.1.4.

Controllability
操纵

Annex 3
附件3

4.1.1.

Para. 5.3.6.
第5.3.6段。

Positioning in the lane of travel
在行驶车道上定位

4.2.4.

4.2.5.1.1.

Paras. 5.3.7.1.,
最好。5.3.7.1.,

6.1

Driver-initiated manoeuvres
驾驶员发起的作

4.2.5.1.2.

Para. 5.3.7.2.2.
第5.3.7.2.2段。

Driver-confirmed manoeuvres
驾驶员确认的作

4.2.5.1.2.

4.2.5.1.3.

Para. 5.3.7.2.3.,
第5.3.7.2.3段,

5.5.4.1.8.

System-initiated manoeuvres
系统启动的作

4.2.4.

4.2.5.1.1.

4.2.5.1.3.

Para. 5.3.7.2.4.,
第5.3.7.2.4段,

5.5.4.1.9.

Driver unavailability response
驱动程序不可用响应

*

Para. 5.3.7.3.
第5.3.7.3段。

Speed limit assistance
限速协助

4.3

Para. 5.3.7.4.
第5.3.7.4段。

Failure response
故障响应

*

Para. 5.4.
第5.4段。

DCAS operation, driver interaction and driver information
DCAS 作、驾驶员交互和驾驶员信息

*

Para. 5.5.
第5.5段。

Lane change
变道

* 4.2.5.1.2.

Para. 6.2.
第6.2段。

Driver-confirmed lane changes
司机确认变道

* 4.2.5.1.3.

Para. 6.2.9.1.
第6.2.9.1段。

System-initiated Lane Change
系统启动的变道

4.2.4.

4.2.5.1.1.

4.2.5.1.3.

Para. 6.2.9.2.
第6.2.9.2段。

Other manoeuvres
其他作

4.3.3.

Para. 6.3.
第6.3段。

*Scenarios and test procedures for these items shall be agreed between the manufacturer and the Type Approval Authority.
* 这些项目的场景和测试程序应由制造商和型式认可机构商定。

4.2.2.1.The tests shall be performed in a way that the outcome of the test is not affected by driver settings or driver input and any other influences not related to the manoeuvre under test. Therefore, the following conditions shall apply:
4.2.2.1. 测试的执行方式应使测试结果不受驾驶员设置或驾驶员输入以及与被测作无关的任何其他影响的影响。因此,应适用以下条件:

(a)The system’s longitudinal control following distance shall be set to:
(a) 系统的纵向控制跟随距离应设置为:

(i)The default distance, if the distance is reset to a specific value upon first activation of the system following an initiation of the powertrain3; or
(i) 如果在动力总成启动后首次启动系统时将距离重置为特定值,则默认距离 3;或

(ii)The closest driver adjustable following distance, if the distance is not reset to a default value.
(ii) 如果距离未重置为默认值,则最近的驾驶员可调节跟车距离。

(b)The system’s longitudinal control set speed shall be set to the speed indicated in the test or the speed declared by the manufacturer according to Annex 3 Appendix 4;
(b) 系统的纵向控制设定速度应设置为测试中指示的速度或制造商根据附件 3 附录 4 声明的速度;

(c)The system must be in ‘active’ mode before the lower of 10 s TTC or 250m relative longitudinal distance;
(c) 系统必须在 10 秒 TTC 或 250 米相对纵向距离(以较低者为准)之前处于“活动”模式;

(d)There shall be no corrective driver input to the steering control.
(d) 转向控制不得有纠正性驾驶员输入。

The manufacturer shall declare any other relevant conditions to be met for correct execution of each test.
制造商应声明正确执行每项测试需要满足的任何其他相关条件。

4.2.3.Tests must not be carried out in such a way as to endanger the personnel involved and significant damage of the vehicle under test must be avoided where other means of validation are available.
4.2.3. 不得以危及相关人员的方式进行测试,并且在有其他验证方法的情况下必须避免对被测车辆造成重大损坏。

4.2.4.Lane Markings and Lane Geometry
4.2.4. 车道标记和车道几何形状

4.2.4.1.Where base tests are required to be performed on a curved section of road, the geometry shall fulfil the following criteria (S-bend means both turns in the listed order, curved section of the road means the 2nd turn):
4.2.4.1. 如果需要在道路的弯曲路段上进行基础测试,则几何形状应满足以下标准(S 弯表示按所列顺序进行的两个转弯,道路的弯曲部分表示第二个转弯):

Clothoid parameter
Switchoid 参数

Radius (m)
半径 (m)

Length (m)
长度(米)

First turn
第一回合

(Any direction)
(任何方向)

153.7

-

30.0

-

787

57.1

105.0

-

14.0

Second turn
第二回合

(Opposite direction to the 1
st turn)
(与1 个转弯方向相反)

98.6

-

26

-

374

5.1

120.8

-

39

At the request of the manufacturer and with the agreement of the Type Approval Authority, tests may be conducted on a road of different curvature, provided this does not change the intention or lower the severity of the test.
根据制造商的要求并征得型式认可机构的同意,可以在不同曲率的道路上进行测试,前提是这不会改变测试的意图或降低测试的严重程度。

4.2.5.At the time of type approval, the Type Approval Authority shall conduct or shall witness at least the following tests to assess the behaviour of the system based on the declared operating domains:
4.2.5. 在型式认可时,型式认可机构应进行或至少见证以下测试,以根据声明的工作域评估系统的行为:

4.2.5.1.Test scenarios for different DCAS Features
4.2.5.1. 不同 DCAS 特性的测试场景

4.2.5.1.1.Positioning in the lane of travel
4.2.5.1.1. 在行驶车道上定位

4.2.5.1.1.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm positioning in the lane of travel capabilities declared by the manufacturer.
4.2.5.1.1.1. 基础测试:测试应确认在制造商声明的行驶能力车道上定位。

4.2.5.1.1.1.1.The VUT speed shall remain in the range declared by the manufacturer in paragraphs 9.1.1. and 9.1.2. of this UN Regulation.
4.2.5.1.1.1.1. VUT 速度应保持在本联合国条例第 9.1.1 段和第 9.1.2 段中制造商声明的范围内。

The test shall be carried out for each speed range declared by the manufacturer in paragraphs 9.1.1. and 9.1.2. of this UN Regulation separately or within contiguous speed ranges where the declared maximum lateral acceleration is identical.
应针对制造商在第 9.1.1 段中声明的每个速度范围进行测试。和 9.1.2。单独或在声明的最大横向加速度相同的连续速度范围内。

The VUT shall be driven without any force applied by the driver on the steering control (e.g. by removing the hands from the steering control) with a constant speed on a curved track with lane markings at each side.
驾驶员应在两侧有车道标记的弯曲轨道上匀速驾驶转向控制装置,驾驶员不得对转向控制装置施加任何力(例如,通过将手从转向控制装置上移开)。

The necessary lateral acceleration to follow the curve shall be between 80 and 90 per cent of the maximum lateral acceleration declared by the manufacturer in Annex 3 Appendix 4 of this UN Regulation.
遵循曲线所需的横向加速度应为制造商在本《联合国条例》附件 3 附录 4 中声明的最大横向加速度的 80% 至 90% 之间。

4.2.5.1.1.1.2.The VUT speed shall remain in the range declared by the manufacturer in paragraphs 9.1.1. and 9.1.2. of this UN Regulation.
4.2.5.1.1.1.2. VUT 速度应保持在本联合国条例第 9.1.1 段和第 9.1.2 段中制造商声明的范围内。

The test shall be carried out for each speed range declared by the manufacturer in paragraphs 9.1.1. and 9.1.2. of this UN Regulation separately or within contiguous speed ranges where the declared maximum lateral acceleration is identical.
应针对制造商在第 9.1.1 段中声明的每个速度范围进行测试。和 9.1.2。单独或在声明的最大横向加速度相同的连续速度范围内。

The VUT shall be driven without any force applied by the driver on the steering control (e.g. by removing the hands from the steering control) with a constant speed on a curved track with lane markings at each side.
驾驶员应在两侧有车道标记的弯曲轨道上匀速驾驶转向控制装置,驾驶员不得对转向控制装置施加任何力(例如,通过将手从转向控制装置上移开)。

The Type Approval Authority shall define a test speed and a radius which would provoke a higher acceleration than the declared maximum lateral acceleration + 0.3 m/s2 (e.g. by travelling with a higher speed through a curve with a given radius).
型式认可机构应定义一个测试速度和半径,该半径将引起比声明的最大横向加速度 + 0.3 m/s2 更高的加速度 (例如,通过具有给定半径的弯道以更高的速度行驶)。

4.2.5.1.1.1.3.At the request of the manufacturer and with the agreement of the Type Approval Authority, meeting the objectives of paragraphs 5.3.7.1.1., 5.3.7.1.2.  or 6.1.1., as applicable, across all speed ranges where the declared maximum lateral acceleration differs may be demonstrated through alternative means when test tracks with an appropriate radius to meet the lateral acceleration conditions outlined in paragraphs 4.2.5.1.1.1.1. or 4.2.5.1.1.1.2. are not available, provided that at least one physical test as outlined above is performed at the overall declared maximum lateral acceleration for each of those paragraphs.
4.2.5.1.1.1.3. 应制造商的要求并征得型式认可机构的同意,满足第 5.3.7.1.1.、5.3.7.1.2 段的目标。 或 6.1.1.,如适用,在声明的最大横向加速度不同的所有速度范围内,当具有适当半径以满足第 4.2.5.1.1.1.1 段所述横向加速度条件的试验轨道时,可以通过替代方法进行证明。或 4.2.5.1.1.1.2。不可用,前提是在每个段落的总体声明的最大横向加速度下至少进行一次上述物理测试。

4.2.5.1.1.2.Extended Testing:
4.2.5.1.1.2. 扩展测试:

The test shall demonstrate that the system does not leave its lane and maintains a stable motion inside its ego lane across the speed range and different curvatures within its system boundaries up to the maximum lateral acceleration declared by the manufacturer.
该测试应证明系统不会离开其车道,并在其自车道内保持稳定的运动 ,跨越其速度范围和系统边界内的不同曲率,直至制造商声明的最大横向加速度。

4.2.5.1.1.2.1.The test shall be executed at least:
4.2.5.1.1.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)With sufficient length to allow for an assessment of positioning in the lane of travel behaviour;
(a) 具有足够的长度,以便评估行驶车道上的定位行为;

(b)For different road curvatures, including an S-bend with the parameters according to paragraph 4.2.4.1. or equivalent, and different initial speeds, at least one of which would require the vehicle to exceed the maximum lateral acceleration declared by the manufacturer in order to remain in the lane at this speed;
(b) 对于不同的道路曲率,包括具有第 4.2.4.1 段或同等参数的 S 形弯,以及不同的初始速度,其中至少一项将要求车辆超过制造商声明的最大横向加速度,才能以该速度保持在车道上;

(c)With different types of lane boundaries (e.g. markings, road edges, only one lane marking) as applicable to the system;
(c) 具有适用于系统的不同类型的车道边界(例如标记、道路边缘、只有一个车道标记);

4.2.5.1.2.Driver-initiated Lane changes
4.2.5.1.2. 驾驶员发起的变道

4.2.5.1.2.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the driver-initiated lane changing capabilities of the system declared by the manufacturer.
4.2.5.1.2.1. 基本测试:测试应确认制造商声明的系统的驾驶员启动的变道能力。

4.2.5.1.2.1.1.The VUT shall perform a full lane change (e.g., 3.5 m lateral displacement) into the adjacent lane after the driver initiated the LCP.
4.2.5.1.2.1.1. 在驾驶员启动 LCP 后,VUT 应向相邻车道进行完全变道(例如,3.5 m 横向位移)。

4.2.5.1.2.2.Extended Testing:
4.2.5.1.2.2. 扩展测试:

The test shall assess the system’s ability to assist the driver within its boundary conditions/manufacturer’s declared system features in changing lanes safely:
该测试应评估系统在其边界条件/制造商声明的系统功能内协助驾驶员安全变道的能力:

(a)On roads without physical separation;
(a) 在没有物理分隔的道路上;

(b)On roads where pedestrians and cyclists are not prohibited;
(b) 在不禁止行人和骑自行车的道路上;

(c)Where the lane change cannot be executed immediately after its initiation by the driver;
(c) 驾驶员在发起变道后不能立即执行变道的;

(d)Presence of a lead vehicle.
(d) 有牵头车辆。

4.2.5.1.2.2.1.The test shall be executed at least:
4.2.5.1.2.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)On a road with oncoming or overtaking traffic in the target lane;
(a) 在目标车道内有迎面而来或超车车辆的道路上;

(b)With different road users approaching from the rear;
(b) 不同的道路使用者从后方驶近;

(c)With a vehicle driving beside in the adjacent lane preventing a lane change;
(c) 在相邻车道旁行驶的车辆阻止变道;

(d)In a scenario where the system reacts to another vehicle that starts changing into the same space within the target lane, to avoid a potential risk of collision.
(d) 在系统对另一辆开始变入目标车道内相同空间的车辆做出反应的情况下,以避免潜在的碰撞风险。

4.2.5.1.3.Driver-confirmed or system-initiated lane changes
4.2.5.1.3. 驾驶员确认或系统更改车道

4.2.5.1.3.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm system-initiated lane changing capabilities declared by the manufacturer.
4.2.5.1.3.1. 基础测试:测试应确认制造商声明的系统启动的变道能力。

4.2.5.1.3.1.1.The VUT shall perform a full lane change (e.g., 3.5 m lateral displacement) into the adjacent lane after the system has initiated the LCP.
4.2.5.1.3.1.1. 在系统启动 LCP 后,VUT 应向相邻车道进行全车道变换(例如,3.5 m 横向位移)。

4.2.5.1.3.1.2.The VUT and the lead vehicle shall travel in a straight line, in the same direction, for at least two seconds prior to the functional part of the test with a VUT to lead vehicle centreline offset of not more than 1 m.
4.2.5.1.3.1.2. VUT 和前导车辆应在试验的功能部分之前沿同一方向沿直线行驶至少两秒钟,VUT 与前导车辆中心线偏移不超过 1 m。

4.2.5.1.3.2.Extended Testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is able to assist the driver in changing lanes safely:
4.2.5.1.3.2. 扩展测试:测试应证明系统能够协助驾驶员安全变道:

(a)With other speed differences between the lead vehicle and VUT;
(a) 前导车辆与 VUT 之间有其他速度差异;

(b)On roads without physical separation; and/or
(b) 在没有物理分隔的道路上;和/或

(c)On roads where pedestrians and cyclists are not prohibited.
(c) 在不禁止行人和骑自行车的道路上。

4.2.5.1.3.2.1.The test shall be executed at least:
4.2.5.1.3.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)On a road with oncoming or overtaking traffic in the target lane;
(a) 在目标车道内有迎面而来或超车车辆的道路上;

(b)With different road users approaching from the rear;
(b) 不同的道路使用者从后方驶近;

(c)With a vehicle driving beside in the adjacent lane preventing a lane change;
(c) 在相邻车道旁行驶的车辆阻止变道;

(d)In a scenario where the system reacts to another vehicle that starts changing into the same space within the target lane, to avoid a potential risk of collision.
(d) 在系统对另一辆开始变入目标车道内相同空间的车辆做出反应的情况下,以避免潜在的碰撞风险。

4.2.5.2.Ability to respond to another road user corresponding to the declared operating domains
4.2.5.2. 能够响应与声明的运营域相对应的另一个道路使用者

4.2.5.2.1.Stationary vehicle ahead on a straight section of road
4.2.5.2.1. 前方静止车辆在直线路段上行驶

4.2.5.2.1.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a stationary vehicle ahead on straight section of road.
4.2.5.2.1.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统对前方静止车辆在直线路段的声明响应能力。

4.2.5.2.1.1.1.The VUT shall approach the stationary target in a straight line for at least 2 seconds prior to the functional part of the test with a VUT to target centreline offset of not more than 0.5 m.
4.2.5.2.1.1.1. VUT 应在试验的功能部分之前沿直线接近静止目标至少 2 秒,VUT 到目标中心线偏移不超过 0.5 m。

4.2.5.2.1.1.2.The functional part of the test shall begin with:
4.2.5.2.1.1.2. 测试的功能部分应从以下内容开始:

(a)The VUT travelling at the required test speed within the tolerances and within the lateral offset prescribed in this paragraph; and
(a) VUT 在本款规定的公差范围内和横向偏移范围内以所需的测试速度行驶;以及

(b)A distance corresponding to a time of at least 4 seconds before the DCAS vehicle begins to react to the target.
(b) 对应于 DCAS 车辆开始对目标做出反应之前至少 4 秒的时间的距离。

4.2.5.2.1.2.The tolerances shall be respected between the start of the functional part of the test and the system intervention.
4.2.5.2.1.2. 在测试功能部分开始和系统干预之间应遵守公差。

4.2.5.2.1.3.Extended Testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a stationary vehicle ahead on straight section of road.
4.2.5.2.1.3. 扩展测试: 测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变前方在直线路段上静止车辆的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.1.3.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.1.3.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A stationary vehicle of a different type or category;
(a) 不同类型或类别的固定车辆;

(b)A stationary vehicle positioned at a larger offset to the VUT’s centreline;
(b) 与 VUT 中心线偏移较大的静止车辆;

(c)A stationary vehicle facing towards the VUT for systems that are able to operate in non-highway conditions.
(c) 面向 VUT 的固定车辆,用于能够在非公路条件下运行的系统。

4.2.5.2.2.Stationary vehicle ahead on a curved section of road
4.2.5.2.2. 前方车辆在弯道上行驶

4.2.5.2.2.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a stationary vehicle ahead on curved section of road.
4.2.5.2.2.1. 基础测试:测试应确认系统对前方车辆在弯曲路段的声明响应能力。

4.2.5.2.2.1.1.The target shall be positioned within a 0.5 m offset between the centreline of the target vehicle and the centreline of the lane around the bend (1st turn defined in 4.2.4.1. of this Annex) so that the rear corner is touching the extrapolated lane line if the straight were to continue.
4.2.5.2.2.1.1. 目标应位于目标车辆中心线与弯道周围车道中心线(本附件 4.2.4.1.中定义的第一个转弯)之间的 0.5 米偏移范围内,以便在直道继续行驶时,后角与推断的车道线接触

4.2.5.2.2.1.2.The VUT vehicle shall be driven along the straight section of the fully marked lane at a constant speed with the system on for enough time for the lateral control to take up a constant position within the lane, prior to the start of the curved section of road.
4.2.5.2.2.1.2. VUT 车辆应在系统打开的情况下沿完全标记的车道的直线路段匀速行驶,在弯路段开始之前,保持足够的时间,以便横向控制在车道内占据恒定位置。

4.2.5.2.2.2.Extended Testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a stationary vehicle ahead on curved section of road.
4.2.5.2.2.2. 扩展测试: 测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变前方在弯曲路段上静止车辆的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.2.2.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.2.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A stationary vehicle of a different type or category;
(a) 不同类型或类别的固定车辆;

(b)A stationary vehicle positioned with a larger offset from the centre position of the lane;
(b) 与车道中心位置偏移较大的静止车辆;

(c)An angle of a stationary vehicle to the centreline of the lane;
(c) 静止车辆与车道中心线的夹角;

(d)A stationary vehicle facing towards the VUT depending for systems capable of operating in non-highway conditions.
(d) 面向 VUT 的固定车辆,具体取决于能够在非公路条件下运行的系统。

4.2.5.2.3.Slower moving vehicle ahead on a straight section of road
4.2.5.2.3. 前方车辆在直线路段行驶较慢

4.2.5.2.3.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a slower moving vehicle ahead on a straight section of road.
4.2.5.2.3.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统对前方在直线路段上行驶较慢的车辆的声明响应能力。

4.2.5.2.3.1.1.The VUT and the target shall travel in a straight line, in the same direction, for at least two seconds prior to the functional part of the test with a VUT to target centreline offset of not more than 0.5 m.
4.2.5.2.3.1.1.在试验的功能部分之前,VUT 和目标应沿同一方向沿直线行进至少两秒钟,VUT 到目标中心线的偏移不超过 0.5 m。

4.2.5.2.3.1.2.The tests shall be conducted with a slower moving vehicle target travelling 50 km/h slower than the VUT.
4.2.5.2.3.1.2. 试验应使用比 VUT 慢 50 公里/小时行驶速度较慢的移动速度较慢的车辆目标进行。

4.2.5.2.3.2.Extended Testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a slower moving vehicle ahead on straight section of road.
4.2.5.2.3.2. 扩展测试: 测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变前方直线路段行驶速度较慢的车辆的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.3.2.1.The test shall be executed at least:
4.2.5.2.3.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A slower moving vehicle of a different type or category;
(a) 不同类型或类别的行驶速度较慢的车辆;

(b)A slower moving vehicle positioned e.g. at a larger offset to the VUT’s centreline;
(b) 行驶速度较慢的车辆 例如VUT 中心线的偏移量较大;

(c)A slower moving vehicle with a larger speed difference to the VUT’s speed.
(c) 行驶速度较慢且与 VUT 速度差较大的车辆。

4.2.5.2.4.Decelerating of a lead vehicle
4.2.5.2.4. 前导车辆减速

4.2.5.2.4.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a decelerating vehicle on a straight section of road.
4.2.5.2.4.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统对直线路段减速车辆的声明响应能力。

4.2.5.2.4.1.1.The VUT and the target shall travel in a straight line with 50 km/h speed, in the same direction, with the VUT following the target with a steady state following time gap maintained by the system, for at least two seconds prior to the functional part of the test, with a VUT to target centreline offset of not more than 0.5 m.
4.2.5.2.4.1.1. VUT 和目标应以 50 km/h 的速度沿同一方向直线行驶,VUT 跟随目标,在系统保持的时间间隔后保持稳态,在测试的功能部分之前至少两秒,VUT 到目标中心线的偏移不超过 0.5 m。

4.2.5.2.4.1.2.The tests shall be conducted with a vehicle target decelerating up to 4 m/s2.
4.2.5.2.4.1.2. 试验应在车辆目标减速达 4 m/s 的情况下进行 2.

4.2.5.2.4.2.Extended Testing:
4.2.5.2.4.2. 扩展测试:

The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a decelerating vehicle on a straight section of road.
测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变直线路段上减速车辆的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.4.2.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.4.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A decelerating vehicle of a different type or category;
(a) 不同类型或类别的减速车辆;

(b)A decelerating vehicle positioned at a larger offset to the VUT’s centreline;
(b) 位于与 VUT 中心线较大偏移处的减速车辆;

(c)A decelerating vehicle with a larger deceleration;
(c) 减速较大的减速车辆;

(d)Different VUT and target speeds.
(d) 不同的 VUT 和目标速度。

4.2.5.2.5.Cut-out of lead vehicle
4.2.5.2.5. 铅车的切口

4.2.5.2.5.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a cut-out of the lead M1 category vehicle.
4.2.5.2.5.1. 基础测试:测试应确认系统声明的响应能力,用于切断领先的 M1 类车辆。

4.2.5.2.5.1.1.The vehicle cutting out shall perform a full lane change (e.g., 3.5 m lateral displacement) into the adjacent lane to avoid the stationary vehicle target, with the measurement behind the stationary vehicle target indicating that start of the lane change, and the measurement in front of the stationary vehicle target indicating the end of the lane change.
4.2.5.2.5.1.1.切入的车辆应向相邻车道进行全变道( 例如,3.5 m 横向位移),以避开静止车辆目标,静止车辆目标后面的测量值表示变道的开始,静止车辆目标前方的测量值表示变道的结束。

4.2.5.2.5.1.2.The indicated TTC is defined as the TTC of the lead vehicle to the target when the lead vehicle will start the lane change. Indicators are not to be used by the lead vehicle during the manoeuvre.
4.2.5.2.5.1.2. 指示的 TTC 定义为当前导车辆开始变道时,前导车辆到目标的 TTC。在机动过程中,领先车辆不得使用指示器。

4.2.5.2.5.1.3.The cutting out vehicle shall not deviate from its defined path by more than ±0.2 m.
4.2.5.2.5.1.3. 切断车辆偏离其规定路径不得超过 ±0.2 m。

Cut-out test
切割测试

VUT

Lead vehicle
领头车

(M1 Category)
(M1 类别)

Lane change manoeuvre of SOV
SOV 变道作

Lateral acceleration
横向加速度

Lane change length
变道长度

Radius of turning segment
车削段半径

Cut-out at TTC = 3 s
TTC 处的断路 = 3 秒

70 km/h
70公里/小时

50 km/h
50公里/小时

1.5 m/s2
1.5 米/秒 2

44 m
44 米

130 m
130 米

4.2.5.2.5.2.Extended Testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a cut-out of the lead vehicle.
4.2.5.2.5.2. 扩展测试: 测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变前导车辆切断的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.5.2.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.5.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A stationary vehicle target of a different type or category;
(a) 不同类型或类别的固定车辆目标;

(b)The cut-out occurring at less than 3 s TTC of the lead vehicle;
(b) 在前导车辆小于 3 s TTC 时发生的切断;

(c)Different speeds of the VUT and lead vehicle;
(c) VUT 和前导车辆的不同速度;

(d)Different lateral acceleration of the lead vehicle.
(d) 前导车辆的横向加速度不同。

4.2.5.2.6.Cut-in of vehicle from adjacent lane
4.2.5.2.6. 车辆从相邻车道切入

4.2.5.2.6.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a cut-in of the vehicle from adjacent lane.
4.2.5.2.6.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统声明的从相邻车道切入车辆的响应能力。

4.2.5.2.6.1.1.The vehicle target on the adjacent lane shall perform a full lane change (e.g., 3.5 m lateral displacement) into the lane of the VUT.
4.2.5.2.6.1.1. 相邻车道上的车辆目标应对 VUT 的车道进行完全变道(例如,3.5 m 横向位移)。

4.2.5.2.6.1.2.The indicated TTC is defined as the TTC at the point in time that the target has finished the lane change manoeuvre, where the rear centre of the vehicle target is in the middle of the VUT’s driving lane.
4.2.5.2.6.1.2. 指示的 TTC 定义为目标完成变道作的时间点的 TTC,其中车辆目标的后部中心位于 VUT 行驶车道的中间。

4.2.5.2.6.1.3.The cutting in vehicle shall not deviate from its defined path by more than ±0.2 m.
4.2.5.2.6.1.3. 车辆的切割偏离其规定路径不得超过 ±0.2 m。

Cut-in test
切入测试

(Paragraph 4.2.5.2.6.1.2.)
(第4.2.5.2.6.1.2段。

VUT

Global Vehicle Target (GVT)
全球车辆目标 (GVT)

Lane change manoeuvre of the GVT
GVT 的变道作

Lateral acceleration
横向加速度

Lane change length
变道长度

Radius of turning segment
车削段半径

Type 1 - Cut-in at TTC = 0 s
类型 1 - TTC 时切入 = 0 秒

50 km/h
50公里/小时

10 km/h
10公里/小时

0.5 m/s2
0.5 米/秒 2

14 m
14 米

15 m
15 米

Type 2 - Cut-in at
类型 2 - 切入

TTC = 1.5 s
TTC = 1.5 秒

120 km/h
120公里/小时

70 km/h
70公里/小时

1.5 m/s2
1.5 米/秒 2

60 m
60 米

250 m
250 米

4.2.5.2.6.2.Extended testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a cut-in of vehicle from adjacent lane.
4.2.5.2.6.2. 扩展测试:测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变车辆从相邻车道切入的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.6.2.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.6.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A cutting-in vehicle of a different type or category;
(a) 不同类型或类别的切割车辆;

(b)The cut-in occurring at a different TTC value;
(b) 在不同的 TTC 值下发生的切入;

(c)Different speeds of the VUT and target;
(c) VUT 和目标的速度不同;

(d)Different lateral acceleration of the target.
(d) 目标的横向加速度不同。

4.2.5.2.7.Stationary pedestrian ahead in lane
4.2.5.2.7. 车道前方静止行人

4.2.5.2.7.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a stationary pedestrian.
4.2.5.2.7.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统对静止行人的声明响应能力。

4.2.5.2.7.1.1.The pedestrian target shall be positioned within the driving path of the VUT facing away from the VUT.
4.2.5.2.7.1.1. 行人目标应位于 VUT 的行驶路径内,背对 VUT。

4.2.5.2.7.1.2.The VUT shall approach the impact point with the pedestrian target in a straight line for at least two seconds prior to the functional part of the test.
4.2.5.2.7.1.2. 在测试的功能部分之前,VUT 应与行人目标沿直线接近撞击点至少两秒钟。

4.2.5.2.7.2.Extended testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a stationary pedestrian.
4.2.5.2.7.2. 扩展测试:测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变静止行人的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.7.2.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.7.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A pedestrian target positioned within the lane, but outside of the driving path of the VUT;
(a) 位于车道内但位于 VUT 行驶路径之外的行人目标;

(b)A pedestrian target positioned facing in a different direction;
(b) 面向不同方向的行人目标;

(c)A pedestrian target of a different size;
(c) 不同尺寸的行人目标;

(d)A different speed of the VUT.
(d) VUT 的速度不同。

4.2.5.2.8.Stationary bicycle target ahead in lane
4.2.5.2.8. 车道前方的固定自行车目标

4.2.5.2.8.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a stationary target and any lateral movement navigating around the target, if applicable.
4.2.5.2.8.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统对静止目标的声明响应能力以及围绕目标导航的任何横向运动(如果适用)。

4.2.5.2.8.1.1.The bicycle target shall be positioned within the driving path of the VUT facing away from the subject vehicle.
4.2.5.2.8.1.1. 自行车目标应位于 VUT 的行驶路径内,背对目标车辆。

4.2.5.2.8.1.2.The VUT shall approach the impact point with the cyclist target in a straight line for at least two seconds prior to the functional part of the test.
4.2.5.2.8.1.2. 在测试的功能部分之前,VUT 应与骑自行车者目标沿直线接近撞击点至少两秒钟。

4.2.5.2.8.2.Extended testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a stationary bicycle.
4.2.5.2.8.2. 扩展测试:测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变固定自行车的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.8.2.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.8.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A bicycle target positioned with different offsets up to the target being outside of the driving path of the VUT;
(a) 以不同偏移量定位的自行车目标,直至目标位于 VUT 的行驶路径之外;

(b)A bicycle target positioned facing in a different direction;
(b) 面向不同方向的自行车目标;

(c)A different speed of the VUT;
(c) VUT 的速度不同;

(d)A bicycle target facing towards the subject vehicle.
(d) 面向目标车辆的自行车目标。

4.2.5.2.9.Pedestrian target crossing into the path of the VUT
4.2.5.2.9. 行人目标穿过 VUT 路径

4.2.5.2.9.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a crossing pedestrian target.
4.2.5.2.9.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统对交叉行人目标的声明响应能力。

4.2.5.2.9.1.1.The functional part of the test shall start with:
4.2.5.2.9.1.1. 测试的功能部分应从以下内容开始:

(a)The VUT travelling at the required test speed within the tolerances and within the lateral offset prescribed in this paragraph, and
(a) VUT 在本款规定的公差范围内和横向偏移范围内以所需的测试速度行驶,以及

(b)A distance corresponding to a TTC of at least 4 seconds from the target.
(b) 与目标至少 4 秒的 TTC 相对应的距离。

4.2.5.2.9.1.2.The tolerances shall be respected between the start of the functional part of the test and the system intervention.
4.2.5.2.9.1.2. 在测试功能部分开始和系统干预之间应遵守公差。

4.2.5.2.9.1.3.The pedestrian target shall travel in a straight line perpendicular to the VUT’s direction of travel at a constant speed of 5 km/h +0/-0.4 km/h, starting not before the functional part of the test has started. The pedestrian target’s positioning shall be coordinated with the VUT in such a way that the impact point of the pedestrian target on the front of the VUT is on the longitudinal centreline of the VUT with a tolerance of not more than 0.2 m, if the VUT would remain at the prescribed test speed throughout the functional part of the test and does not brake.
4.2.5.2.9.1.3. 行人目标应以 5 公里/小时+0/-0.4 公里/小时的恒定速度,垂直于 VUT 行进方向的直线行驶,不得在试验的功能部分开始之前开始。行人目标的定位应与 VUT 协调,使行人目标在 VUT 前部的撞击点位于 VUT 的纵向中心线上,公差不超过 0.2 m,如果 VUT 在整个测试功能部分保持在规定的测试速度并且不制动。

4.2.5.2.9.2.Extended testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a crossing pedestrian target.
4.2.5.2.9.2. 扩展测试:测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变人马路人目标的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.9.2.1.The test shall be executed at least:
4.2.5.2.9.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A pedestrian target of a different size;
(a) 不同尺寸的行人目标;

(b)A pedestrian target moving at a different, but constant speed;
(b) 以不同但恒定的速度移动的行人目标;

(c)A different angle of the pedestrian target path to the VUT path.
(c) 行人目标路径与 VUT 路径的不同角度。

4.2.5.2.10.Bicycle crossing into the path of the VUT
4.2.5.2.10. 自行车穿越进入 VUT 路径

4.2.5.2.10.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a crossing bicycle target.
4.2.5.2.10.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统对交叉自行车目标的声明响应能力。

4.2.5.2.10.1.1.The bicycle target shall travel in a straight line perpendicular to the VUT’s direction of travel at a constant speed of 15 km/h +0/-1 km/h, starting not before the functional part of the test has started. During the acceleration phase of the bicycle target prior to the functional part of the test the bicycle target shall be obstructed. The bicycle target’s positioning shall be coordinated with the VUT in such a way that the impact point of the bicycle target on the front of the VUT is on the longitudinal centreline of the VUT with a tolerance of not more than 0.2 m, if the VUT would remain at the prescribed test speed throughout the functional part of the test and does not brake.
4.2.5.2.10.1.1. 自行车目标应以 15 km/h +0/-1 km/h 的恒定速度垂直于 VUT 行进方向沿直线行驶,不得在测试的功能部分开始之前开始。在测试功能部分之前的自行车目标的加速阶段,自行车目标应被遮挡。自行车目标的定位应与 VUT 协调,使自行车目标在 VUT 前部的撞击点位于 VUT 的纵向中心线上,公差不超过 0.2 m,如果 VUT 在整个测试功能部分保持在规定的测试速度并且不制动。

4.2.5.2.10.2.Extended testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a crossing bicycle target.
4.2.5.2.10.2. 扩展测试:测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变交叉自行车目标的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.10.2.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.10.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A bicycle target moving at a different but constant speed;
(a) 以不同但恒定的速度移动的自行车目标;

(b)A different angle of the bicycle path to the subject vehicle path;
(b) 自行车道与所涉车辆路径的不同角度;

(c)A different offset.
(c) 不同的抵消。

4.2.5.2.11.Pedestrian target crossing into the path of the VUT in an intersection
4.2.5.2.11. 行人目标在十字路口穿过 VUT 的路径

4.2.5.2.11.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a crossing pedestrian target in an intersection.
4.2.5.2.11.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统对十字路口过马路行人目标的声明响应能力。

4.2.5.2.11.1.1.The functional part of the test shall start with:
4.2.5.2.11.1.1. 测试的功能部分应从以下内容开始:

(a)The VUT travelling at the required test speed and within the lateral offset prescribed in this paragraph, and
(a) VUT 以要求的测试速度行驶,并在本款规定的横向偏移范围内行驶,以及

(b)A distance corresponding to a TTC of at least 4 seconds from the target.
(b) 与目标至少 4 秒的 TTC 相对应的距离。

4.2.5.2.11.1.3.The tolerances shall be respected between the start of the functional part of the test and the system intervention.
4.2.5.2.11.1.3. 在试验功能部分开始和系统干预之间应遵守公差。

4.2.5.2.11.1.4.The pedestrian target shall travel in a straight line at a constant speed of 5 km/h +0/-0.4 km/h, starting not before the functional part of the test has started. The pedestrian target’s positioning shall be coordinated with the VUT in such a way that the impact point of the pedestrian target on the front of the VUT is on the longitudinal centreline of the VUT with a tolerance of not more than 0.2 m, if the VUT would remain at the prescribed test speed throughout the functional part of the test and does not brake.
4.2.5.2.11.1.4. 行人目标应以 5 公里/小时+0/-0.4 公里/小时的恒定速度直线行驶,不得在试验的功能部分开始之前开始。行人目标的定位应与 VUT 协调,使行人目标在 VUT 前部的撞击点位于 VUT 的纵向中心线上,公差不超过 0.2 m,如果 VUT 在整个测试功能部分保持在规定的测试速度并且不制动。

4.2.5.2.11.1.5.The test run shall be executed with the pedestrian target moving parallel to the near side from the VUT according to the diagram below.
4.2.5.2.11.1.5. 试运行时,行人目标应根据下图与 VUT 平行于近侧移动。

4.2.5.2.11.2.Extended testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a crossing pedestrian target in an intersection. Up to four different scenarios shall be executed far and near side with the pedestrian target moving at both sides of the road.
4.2.5.2.11.2. 扩展测试:测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变十字路口中过马路行人目标的控制策略。最多应执行四种不同的场景,远侧和近侧行人目标在道路两侧移动。

4.2.5.2.11.2.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.11.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A pedestrian target of a different size;
(a) 不同尺寸的行人目标;

(b)A pedestrian target moving at a different but constant speed;
(b) 以不同但恒定的速度移动的行人目标;

(c)A pedestrian target colliding with the vehicle at a different impact point or avoiding the vehicle;
(c) 行人目标在不同的撞击点与车辆相撞或避开车辆;

(d)A variation of the visibility conditions (e.g., night time), as appropriate to the declared system boundaries.
(d) 能见度条件的变化(例如,夜间),视所宣布的系统边界而定。

4.2.5.2.12.Bicycle target crossing into the path of the VUT in an intersection
4.2.5.2.12. 自行车目标在十字路口穿过 VUT 的路径

4.2.5.2.12.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a crossing bicycle target in an intersection.
4.2.5.2.12.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统对十字路叉自行车目标的声明响应能力。

4.2.5.2.12.1.1.The bicycle target shall travel in a straight line perpendicular to the VUT’s direction of travel at a constant speed of 15 km/h +0/-1 km/h, starting not before the functional part of the test has started. During the acceleration phase of the bicycle target prior to the functional part of the test the bicycle target shall be obstructed. The bicycle target’s positioning shall be coordinated with the VUT in such a way that the impact point of the bicycle target centreline offset of not more than 0.2 m, if the VUT would remain at the prescribed test speed throughout the functional part of the test and does not brake.
4.2.5.2.12.1.1. 自行车目标应以 15 公里/小时 +0/-1 公里/小时的恒定速度沿垂直于 VUT 行进方向的直线行驶,在测试的功能部分开始之前不开始。在测试功能部分之前的自行车目标的加速阶段,自行车目标应被遮挡。如果 VUT 在整个测试功能部分保持规定的测试速度并且不制动,则自行车目标的定位应与 VUT 协调,使自行车目标中心线的冲击点偏移不超过 0.2 m。

4.2.5.2.12.2.Extended testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a crossing bicycle target in an intersection.
4.2.5.2.12.2. 扩展测试:测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变十字路口中交叉自行车目标的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.12.2.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.12.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)A bicycle target moving at a different but constant speed;
(a) 以不同但恒定的速度移动的自行车目标;

(b)A bicycle target colliding with the vehicle at a different impact position or avoiding the vehicle.
(b) 自行车目标在不同的撞击位置与车辆相撞或避开车辆。

4.2.5.2.13.VUT turns across a path of an oncoming vehicle
4.2.5.2.13. VUT 转弯穿过迎面而来的车辆的路径

4.2.5.2.13.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for an oncoming vehicle target while the VUT is turning in an intersection.
4.2.5.2.13.1. 基本测试:测试应确认 VUT 在十字路口转弯时系统对迎面而来的车辆目标的声明响应能力。

4.2.5.2.13.1.1.The VUT shall approach the impact point with another vehicle (passenger car or motorcycle) target in an initial straight line followed by a turn in an intersection to cross front edges of a target vehicle with a lateral position that gives a 50 per cent overlap of the width of the VUT.
4.2.5.2.13.1.1. VUT 应与另一辆车(乘用车或摩托车)目标沿初始直线接近撞击点,然后在交叉路口转弯, 穿过目标车辆的前缘,其横向位置与 VUT 宽度重叠 50 %。

4.2.5.2.14.1.2.The target shall approach at a speed of up to 60 km/h, depending on the declared system boundaries.
4.2.5.2.14.1.2. 目标应以最高 60 公里/小时的速度接近,具体取决于宣布的系统边界。

4.2.5.2.13.2.Extended testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for an oncoming vehicle target while the VUT is turning in an intersection.
4.2.5.2.13.2. 扩展测试:测试应证明,当 VUT 在十字路口转弯时,系统没有不合理地改变迎面而来的车辆目标的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.13.2.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.13.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)Different target vehicle types or categories;
(a) 不同的目标车辆类型或类别;

(b)Different overlaps;
(b) 不同的重叠;

(c)Different lane position of both vehicles;
(c) 两辆车的车道位置不同;

(d)Target lane is (partially) blocked.
(d) 目标车道(部分)被封锁。

4.2.5.2.14.VUT crosses the straight path of the vehicle target in an intersection
4.2.5.2.14. VUT 在交叉路口穿过车辆目标的直线路径

4.2.5.2.14.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system to recognize and offer right of way for a crossing vehicle target driving straight in an intersection.
4.2.5.2.14.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统声明的响应能力,以识别并在十字路口直行的过路车辆目标提供通行权。

4.2.5.2.14.1.1.The VUT shall approach the impact point with another vehicle (passenger car or motorcycle) target in an initial straight line in an intersection from either the near side or far side direction to collide the side of the target vehicle at 25 per cent along the length of the target with the centre front of the VUT.
4.2.5.2.14.1.1. VUT 应从近侧或远侧方向在交叉路口的初始直线上与另一辆车辆(乘用车或摩托车)目标接近撞击点,沿目标与 VUT 中心前部的长度以 25%的距离与目标车辆的侧面相撞。   

4.2.5.2.14.1.2.The target shall approach at a speed of up to 60 km/h, depending on the declared system boundaries. The VUT is expected to give right of way.
4.2.5.2.14.1.2. 目标应以最高 60 公里/小时的速度接近,具体取决于宣布的系统边界。VUT 预计将提供通行权。

4.2.5.2.14.2.Extended testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a crossing vehicle target driving straight in an intersection.
4.2.5.2.14.2. 扩展测试:测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变在十字路口直行的交叉路口车辆目标的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.14.2.1.The test shall be executed at least with:
4.2.5.2.14.2.1. 测试应至少执行:

(a)Different target vehicles types or categories;
(a) 不同的目标车辆类型或类别;

(b)Different overlaps;
(b) 不同的重叠;

(c)Different lane positions of the VUT and target vehicles.
(c) VUT 和目标车辆的不同车道位置。

4.2.5.2.15.System-initiated manoeuvring around an obstruction in the lane
4.2.5.2.15. 系统启动绕过车道障碍物的机动

4.2.5.2.15.1.Base Test: The test shall confirm the declared response capability of the system for a vehicle approaching from the opposite direction in the adjacent lane during a system-initiated manoeuvre around an obstruction in the lane.
4.2.5.2.15.1. 基本测试:测试应确认系统在系统启动绕过车道障碍物的机动期间,系统对相邻车道中从相反方向接近的车辆的声明响应能力。

4.2.5.2.15.1.1. The VUT shall travel in a straight line in the lane at constant speed before it performs a driving around manoeuvre into the adjacent lane by driving around a static target, while another vehicle is approaching from the opposite direction at a constant speed in the adjacent lane.
4.2.5.2.15.1.1. VUT 应在车道上匀速直线行驶,然后绕过静态目标进入相邻车道,而另一辆车在相邻车道上以恒定速度从相反方向接近

4.2.5.2.15.1.2. The moving target shall travel toward the VUT at least 30 km/h in the adjacent lane. A static target shall be placed in front of the VUT with 50% overlap towards the edge of the road. The VUT shall travel at least 30 km/h in a straight line and the VUT and the moving vehicle target shall be synchronized to reach the static target at the same time.
4.2.5.2.15.1.2. 移动目标应在相邻车道上以至少 30 公里/小时的速度向 VUT 移动。静态目标应放置在 VUT 前面,与道路边缘重叠 50%。VUT 应直线行驶至少 30 公里/小时,VUT 与移动车辆目标应同步,同时到达静态目标。

4.2.5.2.15.1.3. The VUT shall approach the static target with system-initiated manoeuvring activated. The VUT shall avoid collision with the targets.
4.2.5.2.15.1.3. VUT 应在激活系统启动机动的情况下接近静态目标。VUT 应避免与目标发生碰撞。

4.2.5.2.15.2. Extended testing: The test shall demonstrate that the system is not unreasonably changing the control strategy for a system-initiated manoeuvre around an obstruction in the lane.
4.2.5.2.15.2. 扩展测试:测试应证明系统没有不合理地改变系统启动的绕道障碍物作的控制策略。

4.2.5.2.15.2.1.The test shall be executed at least, with:
4.2.5.2.15.2.1.测试至少执行:

(a)A target vehicle of a different type or category or other road user;
(a) 不同类型或类别的目标车辆或其他道路使用者;

(b)Different road marking configurations, including a road without central lane marking;
(b) 不同的道路标线配置,包括没有中央车道标线的道路;

(c)Different road geometries (e.g. curved section of the road);
(c) 不同的道路几何形状(例如道路的弯道);

(d)Different overlap values between the VUT and the static target;
(d)VUT 与静态目标之间的重叠值不同;

(e)Different speeds of the VUT and the moving target;
(e) VUT 和移动目标的速度不同;

(f)Different synchronization times (e.g., early and later) between the VUT and the moving target.
(f)VUT 与移动目标之间的同步时间不同(例如,早期和较晚)。

4.3.Public Road Verification
4.3. 公共道路验证

4.3.1.The location and selection of the test route, time-of-day and environmental conditions shall be determined by the Type Approval Authority. Public road verification shall cover different time-of-day and light intensity according to the system boundaries. They shall include scenarios in which the system is expected to experience challenging scenarios (e.g. tight curvatures, speed changes caused by variable infrastructural and traffic conditions, variable lead vehicle behaviour, variable road speed limits) and to approach the limits of its declared system boundaries (e.g. changes in visibility or road conditions, planned or sudden end of system boundaries).
4.3.1. 测试路线、时间和环境条件的位置和选择应由型式认可机构确定。公共道路核查应根据系统边界涵盖不同的时间和光照强度。它们应包括预计系统将经历具有挑战性的情况(例如,狭窄的曲率、可变的基础设施和交通条件引起的速度变化、可变的领先车辆行为、可变的道路速度限制)并接近其声明的系统边界的限制(例如能见度或道路状况的变化、系统边界的计划或突然结束)。

4.3.2.The duration of public road tests shall be such that allows the recording and assessment of the system operation according to all relevant parts of the specification described in paragraphs 5. and 6., excluding safety critical and failure related scenarios.
4.3.2. 公共道路测试的持续时间应允许根据第 5 段中描述的规范的所有相关部分记录和评估系统运行。 和 6.,不包括安全关键和故障相关场景。

4.3.3.Test scenarios to assess the behaviour of the system in other driver- or system-initiated manoeuvres
4.3.3. 评估系统在其他驾驶员或系统启动的作中行为的测试场景

4.3.3.1.Public road verification shall include the test scenarios in the table below to assess the behaviour of the system under normal real-world operating conditions.
4.3.3.1. 公共道路验证应包括下表中的测试场景,以评估系统在正常实际作条件下的行为。

The routing shall be planned such that it incorporates the test scenarios, which are relevant according to the declaration of the manufacturer in Annex 3 of this UN regulation.
路线的规划应包括根据本联合国法规附件 3 中制造商声明相关的测试场景。

The test plan created by the Type Approval Authority shall cover the scenarios to assess the specific capability in a variety of circumstances.
型式认可机构制定的测试计划应涵盖在各种情况下评估特定能力的场景。

4.3.3.2.Evidence of the system’s behaviour in any type of scenario which are relevant according to the declaration of the manufacturer in Annex 3 of this UN Regulation shall be additionally provided by the manufacturer (e.g., based on virtual testing).
4.3.3.2. 根据本联合国条例附件 3 中制造商的声明,系统在任何类型场景中的行为证据应由制造商额外提供(例如,基于虚拟测试)。

Category
类别

Type of scenario
场景类型

Specific reference requirements
具体参考要求

(non-exhaustive list)
(非详尽清单)

Other manoeuvres
其他作

Lead the vehicle to select a lane
引导车辆选择车道

Paras. 6.3.1. – 6.3.9.4.
第6.3.1段。– 6.3.9.4.

Enter into a roundabout or take an exit when navigating through a roundabout
进入环形交叉路口或在通过环形交叉路口时从出口驶出

Lead the vehicle to leave its lane of travel when this manoeuvre is not a lane change
当此作不是变道时,引导车辆离开其行驶车道

Lead the vehicle to take a turn
引车转弯

Lead the vehicle to depart or arrive at a parked position
引导车辆出发或到达停放位置

Other system-initiated manoeuvres
其他系统启动的作

Lead the vehicle to select a lane
引导车辆选择车道

(Reserved)
(保留)

Enter into a roundabout or take a specific exit when navigating through a roundabout
进入环形交叉路口或在通过环形交叉路口时从特定出口驶出

Lead the vehicle to leave its lane of travel when this manoeuvre is not a lane change
当此作不是变道时,引导车辆离开其行驶车道

Lead the vehicle to take a turn
引车转弯

Lead the vehicle to depart or arrive at a parked position
引导车辆出发或到达停放位置

4.3.4.For any other relevant types of scenarios according to the system capability and system boundaries declared by the manufacturer according to Annex 3 that could not be encountered during the public road tests, the manufacturer shall provide appropriate evidence from the manufacturer’s internal system validation to the satisfaction of the Type Approval Authority.
4.3.4. 对于根据制造商根据附件 3 声明的系统能力和系统边界在公共道路测试中无法遇到的任何其他相关类型的场景,制造商应提供制造商内部系统验证的适当证据,以使型式认可机构满意。

4.3.5.The verification drive shall be recorded and, if necessary, the test vehicle instrumented with additional non-perturbing equipment. The Type Approval Authority may log, or request logs of any data channels used or generated by the system as deemed necessary for post-test evaluation.
4.3.5. 应记录验证驱动器,如有必要,测试车辆应配备额外的非扰动设备 。型式认可机构可以记录或请求系统使用或生成的任何数据通道的日志,以进行后期评估。

4.3.6.It is recommended that the public road verification is undertaken once the system has passed all of the track tests outlined in this Annex and upon completion of Annex 3.
4.3.6. 建议在系统通过本附件中概述的所有轨道测试并完成附件 3 后进行公共道路验证。

Annex 5
附件5

Principles for Credibility Assessment for using Virtual Toolchain in DCAS Validation
在 DCAS 验证中使用虚拟工具链的可信度评估原则

1.General
1. 总则

1.1.It is recommended that the Modelling and Simulation (M&S) toolchain could be used for virtual testing if its credibility is established by evaluating its fitness for the intended purpose. It is recommended that credibility is achieved by investigating and assessing five M&S properties:
1.1. 建议将建模和仿真 (M&S) 工具链用于虚拟测试,前提是通过评估其对预期目的的适用性来确定其可信度。建议通过调查和评估五项 M&S 物业来实现可信度:

(a)Capability – what the M&S can do, and what are the associated risks;
(a) 能力——M&S 公司能做什么,以及相关风险是什么;

(b)Accuracy how well M&S does reproduce the target data;
(b) 准确性 M&S 再现目标数据的能力;

(c)Correctness – how sound & robust is the M&S data and the algorithms in the tools;
(c) 正确性 – M&S 数据和工具中的算法的健全性和稳健性;

(d)Usability – what training and experience is needed and what is the quality of the process that manage its use.
(d) 可用性——需要哪些培训和经验,以及管理其使用的过程的质量如何。

(e)Fit for Purpose – how suitable is the M&S toolchain for the assessment of the DCAS within its system boundaries.
(e) 适合目的——M&S 工具链是否适合在其系统边界内评估 DCAS。

Figure A5/1
图 A5/1

Graphical representation of the relationships between the components of the credibility assessment framework
信誉评估框架组成部分之间关系的图形表示

1.2.Therefore, credibility requires a unified method to investigate these properties and get confidence in the M&S results. The Credibility Assessment framework introduces a way to assess and report the credibility of M&S based on quality assurance criteria that allow an indication of the levels of confidence in results.
1.2. 因此,可信度需要一种统一的方法来调查这些特性并对 M&S 结果产生信心。可信度评估框架引入了一种方法,根据质量保证标准评估和报告 M&S 的可信度,这些标准可以表明对结果的可信度水平。

In other words, the credibility is established by evaluating the key influencing factors that are the main contributors to the behaviour of the models and simulation tools and therefore affect the overall M&S toolchain credibility. The following all have an influence on the overall M&S credibility: organizational management of the M&S activity, team's experience and expertise, the analysis and description of the chosen M&S toolset, the pedigree of the data and inputs, verification, validation, uncertainty characterization.
句话说,可信度是通过评估关键影响因素来建立的,这些因素是模型和仿真工具行为的主要因素 从而影响整个 M&S 工具链的可信度。以下因素都会影响 M&S 的整体可信度:M&S 活动的组织管理、团队的经验和专业知识、所选 M&S 工具集的分析和描述、数据和输入的谱系、验证、确认、不确定性表征。

How well each of these factors is addressed indicates the level of quality achieved by M&S toolchain, and the comparison between the obtained levels and the required levels provides a qualitative measure of the M&S credibility and fitness for its use in virtual testing. A graphical representation of the relationship among the components of the credibility assessment framework is reported in Figure 1.
这些因素中的每一个得到解决的程度表明了 M&S 工具链所达到的质量水平,获得的水平和所需水平之间的比较提供了 M&S 可信度和适合其在虚拟测试中使用的定性衡量。图 1 报告了信誉评估框架各组成部分之间关系的图形表示。

2.Definitions
2. 定义

For the purposes of this annex:
就本附件而言:

2.1.(reserved)

2.2.(reserved)

2.1.Abstraction” is the process of selecting the essential aspects of a source system or referent system to be represented in a model or simulation, while ignoring those aspects not relevant. Any modelling abstraction carries with it the assumption that it should not significantly affect the intended uses of the simulation tool.
2.1. 抽象 ”是选择要在模型或模拟中表示的源系统或所指系统的基本方面,而忽略那些不相关的方面的过程。任何建模抽象都带有这样的假设,即它不应显着影响模拟工具的预期用途。

2.2.Closed Loop Testing” means a virtual environment that does take the actions of the element-in-the loop into account. Simulated objects respond to the actions of the system (e.g. system interacting with a traffic model).
2.2. 闭环测试 ”是指考虑环中元素行为的虚拟环境。模拟对象响应系统的作(例如,系统与交通模型交互)。

2.3.Deterministic” is a term describing a system whose time evolution can be predicted exactly and a given set of input stimuli will always produce the same output.
2.3. 确定性 ”是一个术语,描述了一个系统,其时间演化可以准确预测,并且一组给定的输入刺激将始终产生相同的输出。

2.4.Driver-In-the-Loop (DIL) is typically conducted in a driving simulator used for testing the human–automation interaction design. DIL has components for the driver to operate and communicate with the virtual environment.
2.4.Driver-In-the-Loop(DIL)通常在用于测试人机交互设计的驾驶模拟器中进行。DIL 具有供驱动程序作和与虚拟环境通信的组件

2.5.Hardware-In-the-Loop” (HIL) involves the final hardware of a specific vehicle sub-system running the final software with input and output connected to a simulation environment to perform virtual testing. HIL testing provides a way of replicating sensors, actuators and mechanical components in a way that connects all the I/O of the Electronic Control Units (ECU) being tested, long before the final system is integrated.
2.5. 硬件在环 ”(HIL)涉及特定车辆子系统的最终硬件,运行最终软件,输入和输出连接到仿真环境以执行虚拟测试。HIL 测试提供了一种复制传感器、执行器和机械组件的方法,该方法在最终系统集成之前就连接了被测电子控制单元 (ECU) 的所有 I/O。

2.6.Modelis a description or representation of a system, entity, phenomenon, or process.
2.6. 模型 是对系统、实体、现象或过程的描述或表示

2.7.Model calibrationis the process of adjusting numerical or modelling parameters in the model to improve agreement with a referent.
2.7. 模型校准 是调整模型中的数值或建模参数以提高与所指对象的一致性的过程

2.8.Model Parameterare numerical values used to support characterizing a system functionality. A model parameter has a value that cannot be observed directly in the real world but that must be inferred from data collected in the real world (in the model calibration phase).
2.8. 模型参数 是用于支持表征系统功能的数值。模型参数的值无法在现实世界中直接观察到,但必须从现实世界中收集的数据(在模型校准阶段)推断出来

2.9.Model-In-the-Loop (MIL) is an approach which allows quick algorithmic development without involving dedicated hardware. Usually, this level of development involves high-level abstraction software frameworks running on general-purpose computing systems.
2.9. 模型在环 MIL)是一种允许快速算法开发而无需专用硬件的方法。通常,这种级别的开发涉及在通用计算系统上运行的高级抽象软件框架

2.10.“Open Loop Testing” is a virtual testing approach where a data provision unit provides input stimuli to a DCAS. There is no feedback between the DCAS and the environment provided via the input stimuli, hence the loop is “open”. The data provision unit can play back a recorded traffic situation, e.g., from a real-world drive. Environment data can also be generated (simulator approach) or measured (shadow mode) while testing.
2.10.“开环测试 ”是一种虚拟测试方法,其中数据提供单元向 DCAS 提供输入激励。DCAS 与通过输入刺激提供的环境之间没有反馈,因此环路是“开放的”。 数据提供单元可以回放记录的交通情况,例如,来自真实世界的驱动器。在测试时还可以生成环境数据(模拟器方法)或测量(阴影模式)。

2.11.“Probabilistic” is a term pertaining to non-deterministic events, the outcomes of which are described by a measure of likelihood.
2.11.“概率性 ”是一个与非确定性事件有关的术语,其结果由可能性的度量来描述。

2.12.“Proving Ground or test-track” is a physical testing facility closed to the traffic where the performance of a DCAS can be investigated on the real vehicle. Traffic agents can be introduced via sensor stimulation or via dummy devices positioned on the track.
2.12.“试验场或试验场 ”是禁止交通的物理测试设施,可以在实车上调查 DCAS 的性能。交通代理可以通过传感器刺激或通过放置在轨道上的虚拟设备引入。

2.13.“Sensor Stimulation” is a technique whereby artificially generated signals are provided to the element under testing in order to trigger it to produce the result required for verification of the real world, training, maintenance, or for research and development.
2.13.“传感器刺激 ”是一种技术,通过向被测元件提供人工生成的信号,以触发其产生验证现实世界、培训、维护或研发所需的结果。

2.14.“Simulation” is the imitation of the operation of a real-world process or system over time.
2.14.“模拟 ”是对现实世界流程或系统随时间推移的运行的模仿。

2.15.“Simulation toolchain” is a combination of simulation tools that are used to support the validation of a DCAS.
2.15.“仿真工具链 ”是用于支持 DCAS 验证的仿真工具的组合。

2.16.“Software-In-the-Loop” (SIL) is where the implementation of the developed model will be evaluated on general-purpose computing systems. This step can use a complete software implementation very close to the final one. SIL testing is used to describe a test methodology, where executable code such as algorithms (or even an entire controller strategy), is tested within a modelling environment that can help prove or test the software.
2.16.“软件在环 ”(SIL)是将在通用计算系统上评估所开发模型的实现的地方。此步骤可以使用非常接近最终实现的完整软件实现。SIL 测试用于描述一种测试方法,其中可执行代码(例如算法(甚至整个控制器策略))在有助于证明或测试软件的建模环境中进行测试。

2.17.“Stochastic” means a process involving or containing a random variable or variables. Pertaining to chance or probability.
2.17.“随机指标 c”是指涉及或包含一个或多个随机变量的过程。与机会或概率有关。

2.18.“Validation of the simulation model” is the process of determining the degree to which a simulation model is an accurate representation of the real world from the perspective of the intended uses of the tool.
2.18.“仿真模型的验证 ”是从工具的预期用途的角度确定仿真模型在多大程度上准确表示现实世界的过程。

2.19.“Vehicle -In-the-Loop” (VIL) is a fusion environment of a real testing vehicle in the real-world and a virtual environment. It can reflect vehicle dynamics at the same level as the real-world and it can be operated on a vehicle test bed or on a test track.
2.19.“车辆在环 ”(VIL)是现实世界中的真实测试车辆和虚拟环境的融合环境。它可以在与现实世界相同的水平上反映车辆动力学,并且可以在车辆测试台或测试轨道上运行。

2.20.“Verification of the simulation model” is the process of determining the extent to which a simulation model or a virtual testing tool is compliant with its requirements and specifications as detailed in its conceptual models, mathematical models, or other constructs.
2.20.“仿真模型验证 ”是确定仿真模型或虚拟测试工具在多大程度上符合其概念模型、数学模型或其他结构中详述的要求和规范的过程。

2.21.“Virtual testing” is the process of testing a system using one or more simulation models.
2.21.“虚拟测试 ”是使用一个或多个模拟模型测试系统的过程。

3.Models and Simulation Management
3. 模型和仿真管理

3.1.The Models and Simulation (M&S) lifecycle is a dynamic process with frequent releases that should be monitored and documented. As a result, it is recommended that management activities should be established to support the M&S through typical product management processes. Relevant information on the following aspects should be included in this section.
3.1. 模型和仿真 (M&S) 生命周期是一个动态过程,发布频繁,应进行监控和记录。因此,建议建立管理活动,通过典型的产品管理流程来支持 M&S。本节应包括以下方面的相关信息。

3.2.It is recommended that this part should:
3.2. 建议这部分应:

(a)Describe the modifications within the M&S toolchain releases
(a) 描述 M&S 工具链版本中的修改

(b)Designate the corresponding software (e.g., specific software product and version) and hardware arrangement e.g., X-In the Loop (XiL configuration)
(b) 指定相应的软件(例如,特定的软件产品和版本)和硬件安排,例如,X-In the Loop(XiL 配置)

(c)Record the internal review processes that accepted the new releases
(c) 记录接受新新闻稿的内部审查进程

(d)Be supported throughout the full duration of the virtual testing utilization.
(d) 在虚拟测试利用的整个期间得到支持。

3.3.Releases management
3.3. 发布管理

3.3.1.It is recommended that any toolchain’s version used to release data for certification purposes should be stored. The virtual models constituting the testing tool should be documented in terms of the corresponding validation methods and acceptance thresholds to support the overall credibility of the toolchain. The developer should establish and enforce a method to trace generated data to the corresponding toolchain version.
3.3.1. 建议存储用于发布数据以进行认证的任何工具链版本。构成测试工具的虚拟模型应根据相应的验证方法和验收阈值进行记录,以支持工具链的整体可信度。开发人员应建立并强制执行一种方法,将生成的数据跟踪到相应的工具链版本。

3.3.2.Quality check of virtual data. Data completeness, accuracy, and consistency are ensured throughout the releases and lifetime of a tool or toolchain to support the verification and validation procedures.
3.3.2. 虚拟数据的质量检查。在工具或工具链的整个发布和生命周期内确保数据的完整性、准确性和一致性,以支持验证和确认过程。

3.4.Team's Experience and Expertise
3.4. 团队的经验和专业知识

3.4.1.Even though Experience and Expertise (E&E) are already covered in a general sense within an organization, it is important to establish the basis for confidence on the specific experience and expertise for M&S activities.
3.4.1. 尽管经验和专业知识 (E&E) 在组织内已经在一般意义上涵盖,但重要的是要建立对 M&S 活动的具体经验和专业知识的信心基础。

3.4.2.In fact, the credibility of M&S depends not only on the quality of the simulation models but also on the E&E of the personnel involved in the validation and usage of the M&S. For instance, a proper understanding of the limitations and validation domain will prevent possible misuse of the M&S or misinterpretation of its results.
3.4.2. 事实上,M&S 的可信度不仅取决于模拟模型的质量,还取决于参与 M&S 验证和使用的人员的 E&E。例如,正确理解局限性和验证领域将防止可能滥用 M&S 或误解其结果。

3.4.3.It is important to establish the basis for the manufacturer confidence in the experience and expertise of:
3.4.3. 重要的是为制造商对以下方面的经验和专业知识建立信心的基础:

(a)The teams that will internally assess and validate the M&S toolchain and,
(a) 将在内部评估和验证 M&S 工具链的团队,以及,

(b)The teams that will use the validated simulation for the execution of virtual testing with the purpose of validating the DCAS.
(b) 将使用经验证的模拟来执行虚拟测试以验证 DCAS 的团队。

3.4.4.Thus, if a team’s E&E is good it increases the level of confidence and hence the credibility of M&S and its results by ensuring that the human elements underpinning the M&S activity are taken into consideration and risks from the human aspect of the activity can be controlled, through its Management System.
3.4.4. 因此,如果一个团队的 E&E 良好,它就会提高信心水平,从而提高 M&S 及其结果的可信度,确保将支撑 M&S 活动的人为因素考虑在内,并通过其管理系统控制活动的人为方面的风险。

3.4.5.If the manufacturer toolchain incorporates or relies upon inputs from organizations or products outside of the manufacturer's own team, it is recommended that the manufacturer includes an explanation of measures it has taken to manage and develop confidence in the quality and integrity of those inputs.
3.4.5. 如果制造商工具链包含或依赖来自制造商自己团队之外的组织或产品的输入,建议制造商解释其为管理和建立对这些输入的质量和完整性的信心而采取的措施。

3.4.6.The team’s Experience and Expertise include two aspects:
3.4.6. 团队的经验和专业知识包括两个方面:

3.4.6.1.Organizational level:
3.4.6.1. 组织层面:

The credibility is established by setting up processes and procedures to identify and maintain the skills, knowledge, and experience to perform M&S activities. The following processes should be established, maintained and documented:
通过建立流程和程序来识别和维护执行 M&S 活动的技能、知识和经验,从而建立可信度。应建立、维护和记录以程:

(a)Process to identify and evaluate the individual’s competence and skills;
(a) 确定和评价个人能力和技能的程序;

(b)Process for training personnel to be competent to perform M&S-related duties.
(b) 培训人员胜任履行与 M&S 有关职责的程序。

3.4.6.2.Team level:
3.4.6.2. 团队层面:

Once a toolchain has been finalized, its credibility is mainly dictated by the skills and knowledge of the teams that will first validate the M&S and then use it for the validation of DCAS. The credibility is established by documenting that these teams have received adequate training to fulfil their duties.
一旦工具链最终确定,其可信度主要取决于团队的技能和知识,这些团队将首先验证 M&S,然后将其用于验证 DCAS。通过记录这些团队已接受充分培训以履行其职责来建立可信度。

The manufacturer should:
制造商应该:

(a)Provide the basis for the manufacturer’s confidence in the Experience and Expertise of the individual/team that validates the M&S toolchain.
(a) 为制造商对验证 M&S 工具链的个人/团队的经验和专业知识充满信心提供基础。

(b)Provide the basis for the manufacturer’s confidence in the Experience and Expertise of the individual/team that uses the simulation to execute virtual testing with the purpose of validating the DCAS.
(b) 为制造商对使用模拟执行虚拟测试以验证 DCAS 的个人/团队的经验和专业知识的信心提供基础。

3.4.6.3.The manufacturer should demonstrate of how it applies the principles of its Management Systems, e.g. ISO 9001 or a similar best practice or standard, with regard to the competence of its M&S organization and the individuals in that organization and the basis for this determination. It is recommended that the assessor not substitute its judgment for that of the manufacturer regarding the experience and expertise of the organization or its members.
3.4.6.3. 制造商应证明其如何应用其管理体系的原则,e.g. ISO 9001 或类似的最佳实践或标准,以衡量其 M&S 组织和该组织中个人的能力以及该决定的依据。建议评估员不要用其判断来代替制造商对组织或其成员的经验和专业知识的判断。

3.4.7.Data/Input pedigree
3.4.7. 数据/输入谱系

3.4.7.1.The pedigree and traceability of the data and inputs used in the validation of the M&S is important. The manufacturer should have a record of these that allows the assessor to verify their quality and appropriateness.
3.4.7.1. 用于验证 M&S 的数据和输入的谱系和可追溯性很重要。制造商应有这些记录,以便评估员验证其质量和适当性。

3.4.7.2.Description of the data used for the M&S validation
3.4.7.2. 用于 M&S 验证的数据说明

(a)The manufacturer should document the data used to validate the models included in the tool or toolchain and note important quality characteristics;
(a) 制造商应记录用于验证工具或工具链中包含的模型的数据,并注意重要的质量特征;

(b)The manufacturer should provide documentation showing that the data used to validate the models covers the intended functionalities that the toolchain aims at virtualizing;
(b) 制造商应提供文件,证明用于验证模型的数据涵盖了工具链旨在虚拟化的预期功能;

(c)The manufacturer should document the calibration procedures employed to fit the virtual models’ parameters to the collected input data.
(c) 制造商应记录用于将虚拟模型参数拟合到收集的输入数据所采用的校准程序。

3.4.7.3.Effect of the data quality (e.g. data coverage, signal to noise ratio, and sensors’ uncertainty/bias/sampling rate) on model parameters uncertainty
3.4.7.3. 数据质量(如数据覆盖率、信噪比、传感器不确定性/偏置/采样率)对模型参数不确定性的影响

The quality of the data used to develop the model will have an impact on model parameters’ estimation and calibration. Uncertainty in model parameters will be another important aspect in the final uncertainty analysis.
用于开发模型的数据质量将对模型参数的估计和校准产生影响。模型参数的不确定性将是最终不确定性分析的另一个重要方面。

3.4.8.Data/Output pedigree
3.4.8. 数据/输出谱系

3.4.8.1.The pedigree of the output data is important. The manufacturer should keep a record of the outputs of the M&S toolchain and ensure that it is traceable to the inputs and the M&S toolchain that produced it. This will form part of the evidence trail for the DCAS validation.
3.4.8.1. 输出数据的谱系很重要。制造商应保留 M&S 工具链输出的记录,并确保其可追溯到输入和生产它的 M&S 工具链。这将构成 DCAS 验证证据线索的一部分。

3.4.8.2.Description of the data generated by the M&S
3.4.8.2.M&S 生成数据的描述

(a)The manufacturer should provide information on any data and scenarios used for virtual testing toolchain validation.
(a) 制造商应提供有关使用的任何数据和场景的信息 ,用于虚拟测试工具链验证。

(b)The manufacturer should document the exported data and note important quality characteristics e.g., using the correlation methodologies.
(b) 制造商应记录导出的数据并注意重要的质量特征,例如使用相关方法。

(c)The manufacturer should trace M&S outputs to the corresponding M&S setup:
(c) 制造商应将 M&S 输出追溯到相应的 M&S 设置:

3.4.8.2.1.Effect of the data quality on M&S credibility
3.4.8.2.1. 数据质量对 M&S 公信力的影响

(a)The M&S output data should be sufficient to ensure the correct execution of the validation exercise. The data should sufficiently reflect the system boundaries relevant to the virtual assessment of the DCAS.
(a) M&S 的输出数据应足以确保正确执行审定工作。数据应充分反映与 DCAS 虚拟评估相关的系统边界。

(b)The output data should allow consistency/sanity check of the virtual models, possibly by exploiting redundant information
(b) 输出数据应允许对虚拟模型进行一致性/健全性检查,可能通过利用冗余信息

3.4.8.2.2.Managing stochastic models
3.4.8.2.2. 管理随机模型

(a)Stochastic models should be characterized in terms of their variance
(a) 随机模型应根据其方差来表征

(b)The use of a stochastic models should not prohibit the possibility of deterministic re-execution
(b) 随机模型的使用不应禁止确定性重新执行的可能性

3.5.M&S Analysis and Description
3.5.M&S 分析与描述

3.5.1.The M&S analysis and description aim to define the whole toolchain and identify the parameter space that can be assessed via virtual testing. It defines the scope and limitations of the models and simulation tools and the uncertainty sources that can affect its results.
3.5.1. M&S 分析和描述旨在定义整个工具链并确定可以通过虚拟测试评估的参数空间。它定义了模型和仿真工具的范围和局限性 ,以及可能影响其结果的不确定性来源。

3.5.2.General description:
3.5.2. 一般描述:

(a)The manufacturer should provide a description of the complete toolchain along with how the M&S data will be used to support the DCAS validation strategy.
(a) 制造商应提供完整工具链的描述,以及如何使用 M&S 数据来支持 DCAS 验证策略。

(b)The manufacturer should provide a clear description of the test objective.
(b) 制造商应提供测试目标的明确描述。

3.5.3.Assumptions, known limitations and uncertainty sources:
3.5.3. 假设、已知限制和不确定性来源:

(a)The manufacturer should motivate the modelling assumptions which guided the design of the M&S toolchain
(a) 制造商应激励指导 M&S 工具链设计的建模假设

(b)The manufacturer should provide evidence on:
(b) 制造商应就以下方面提供证据:

(i)How the manufacturer-defined assumptions play a role in defining the limitations of the toolchain;
(i) 制造商定义的假设如何在定义工具链的局限性方面发挥作用;

(ii)The level of fidelity required for the simulation models.
(ii) 模拟模型所需的保真度水平。

(c)The manufacturer should provide justification that the tolerance for M&S versus real-world correlation is acceptable for the test objective
(c) 制造商应提供理由,证明 M&S 与现实世界相关性的容差对于测试目标来说是可以接受

(d)Finally, this section should include information about the sources of uncertainty in the model. This will represent an important input to final uncertainty analysis, which will define how the M&S toolchain outputs can be affected by the different sources of uncertainty of the M&S toolchain used.
(d) 最后,本节应包括关于模型中不确定性来源的资料。这将代表最终不确定性分析的重要输入,它将定义 M&S 工具链输出如何受到所用 M&S 工具链的不同不确定性来源的影响。

3.5.4.Scope (what is the model for?). It defines how the M&S is used in the DCAS validation.
3.5.4. 范围(模型有什么用?它定义了 M&S 在 DCAS 验证中的使用方式。

(a)The credibility of virtual tool should be enforced by a clearly defined scope for the utilization of the developed M&S toolchains.
(a) 虚拟工具的可信度应通过明确界定所开发的 M&S 工具链的使用范围来加强。

(b)The mature M&S should allow a virtualization of the physical phenomena to a degree of accuracy which matches the fidelity level required for certification. Thus, the M&S environment will act as a “virtual proving ground” for DCAS testing.
(b) 成熟的 M&S 应允许对物理现象进行虚拟化,其准确度与认证所需的保真度水平相匹配。因此,M&S 环境将充当 DCAS 测试的“虚拟试验场”。

(c)M&S toolchains need dedicated scenarios and metrics for validation. The scenario selection used for validation should be sufficient such that there is confidence that the toolchain will perform in the same manner in scenarios that were not included in the validation scope.
(c) M&S 工具链需要专门的场景和指标进行验证。用于验证的方案选择应足够,以便确信工具链在未包含在验证范围内的方案中将以相同的方式执行。

(d)The manufacturer should provide a list of validation scenarios together with the corresponding parameter description limitations.
(d) 制造商应提供验证方案清单以及相应的参数描述限制。

(e)System boundary analysis is a crucial input to derive requirements, scope and the effects that the M&S toolchain must consider supporting DCAS validation.
(e) 系统边界分析是得出 M&S 工具链必须考虑支持 DCAS 验证的需求、范围和效果的关键输入。

(f)Parameters generated for the scenarios will define extrinsic and intrinsic data for the toolchain and the simulation models.
(f) 为场景生成的参数将定义工具链和模拟模型的外在和内在数据。

3.5.5.Criticality assessment
3.5.5. 关键性评估

3.5.5.1.The simulation models and the simulation tools used in the overall toolchain should be investigated in terms of their impact in case of a safety error in the final product. The proposed approach for criticality analysis is derived from ISO 26262, which requires qualification for some of the tools used in the development process. In order to derive how critical the simulated data is, the criticality assessment considers the following parameters:
3.5.5.1. 整个工具链中使用的仿真模型和仿真工具应根据其在最终产品出现安全错误时的影响进行研究。所提出的临界性分析方法源自 ISO 26262,该方法要求对开发过程中使用的一些工具进行鉴定。为了推导出模拟数据的重要性,关键性评估考虑了以下参数:

(a)The consequences on human safety e.g. severity classes in ISO 26262.
(a) 对人类安全的影响,例如 ISO 26262 中的严重程度等级。

(b)The degree in which the M&S toolchain results influence’s the DCAS.
(b) M&S 工具链结果对 DCAS 的影响程度。

3.5.5.2.The table below provides an example criticality assessment matrix to demonstrate this analysis. The manufacturer may adjust this matrix to their particular use case.
3.5.5.2. 下表提供了一个示例关键性评估矩阵来演示这种分析。制造商可能会根据其特定用例调整此矩阵。

Table A5/1
表 A5/1

Criticality assessment matrix
关键性评估矩阵

Influence on DCAS
对 DCAS 的影响

Significant
重要

N/A
不适用

Moderate
温和

Minor
次要

Negligible
微不足道

N/A
不适用

Negligible
微不足道

Minor
次要

Moderate
温和

Significant
重要

Decision consequence
决策后果

3.5.5.3.From the perspective of the criticality assessment, the three possible cases for assessment are:
3.5.5.3. 从临界性评估的角度来看,三种可能的评估情况是:

(a)Those models or tools that are clear candidates for following a full credibility assessment;
(a) 那些明确适合进行全面可信度评估的模型或工具;

(b)Those models or tools that may or may not be candidates for following the full credibility assessment at the discretion of the assessor;
(b) 评估员可酌情选择或可能不适合进行全面可信度评估的模型或工具;

(c)Those models or tools that are not required to follow the credibility assessment.
(c) 不需要遵循公信力评估的模型或工具。

3.6.Verification
3.6. 验证

3.6.1.The verification of M&S deals with the analysis of the correct implementation of the conceptual/mathematical models that create and build up the overall toolchain. Verification contributes to the M&S’s credibility via providing assurance that the individual tools will not exhibit unrealistic behaviour for a set of inputs which cannot be tested. The procedure is grounded in a multi-step approach described below, which includes code verification, calculation verification and sensitivity analysis.
3.6.1. M&S 的验证涉及分析创建和构建整个工具链的概念/数学模型的正确实施。验证通过保证单个工具不会对一组无法测试的输入表现出不切实际的行为,从而有助于提高 M&S 的可信度。该过程基于下述多步骤方法,包括代码验证、计算验证和敏感性分析。

3.6.2.Code verification
3.6.2. 代码验证

3.6.2.1.Code verification is concerned with the execution of testing that demonstrates that no numerical/logical flaws affect the virtual models.
3.6.2.1. 代码验证涉及执行测试,证明没有数值/逻辑缺陷影响虚拟模型。

(a)The manufacturer should document the execution of proper code verification techniques, e.g. static/dynamic code verification, convergence analysis and comparison with exact solutions if applicable1
(a) 制造商应记录执行适当的代码验证技术的情况,例如静态/动态代码验证、 收敛分析以及与精确解决方案的比较(如果适用)1

(b)The manufacturer should provide documentation showing that the exploration in the domain of the input parameters was sufficiently wide to identify parameter combinations for which the M&S tools show unstable or unrealistic behaviour. Coverage metrics of parameters combinations may be used to demonstrate the required exploration of the model’s behaviours.
(b) 制造商应提供文件,证明在输入参数领域的勘探足够广泛,以确定 M&S 工具表现出不稳定或不切实际行为的参数组合。参数组合的覆盖率指标可用于演示对模型行为的所需探索。

(c)The manufacturer should adopt sanity/consistency checking procedures whenever data allows
(c) 制造商应在数据允许的情况下采用健全性/一致性检查程序

3.6.3.Calculation verification
3.6.3. 计算验证

3.6.3.1.Calculation verification deals with the estimation of numerical errors affecting the M&S.
3.6.3.1. 计算验证涉及影响 M&S 的数值误差的估计。

(a)The manufacturer should document numerical error estimates (e.g. discretization error, rounding error, iterative procedures convergence);
(a) 制造商应记录数值误差估计数(例如离散化误差、舍入误差、迭代程序收敛 );

(b)The numerical errors should be kept sufficiently bounded to not affect validation.
(b) 数值误差应保持足够的限制,以免影响审定。

3.6.4.Sensitivity analysis
3.6.4. 敏感性分析

3.6.4.1.Sensitivity analysis aims at quantifying how model output values are affected by changes in the model input values and thus identifying the parameters having the greatest impact on the simulation model results. The sensitivity study also provides the opportunity to determine the extent to which the simulation model satisfies the validation thresholds when it is subjected to small variations of the parameters, thus it plays a fundamental role to support the credibility of the simulation results.
3.6.4.1. 灵敏度分析旨在量化模型输出值如何受到模型输入值变化的影响,从而确定对仿真模型结果影响最大的参数。灵敏度研究还提供了确定模拟模型在参数变化的微小变化下满足验证阈值的程度的机会,因此它在支持模拟结果的可信度方面发挥着基础性作用。

(a)The manufacturer should provide supporting documentation demonstrating that the most critical parameters influencing the simulation output have been identified by means of sensitivity analysis techniques such as by perturbing the model’s parameters;
(a) 制造商应提供支持文件,证明已通过敏感性分析技术(例如扰动模型参数)确定了影响模拟输出的最关键参数;

(b)The manufacturer should demonstrate that robust calibration procedures have been adopted and that this has identified and calibrated the most critical parameters leading to an increase in the credibility of the developed toolchain.
(b) 制造商应证明已采用稳健的校准程序,并且这已经确定并校准了最关键的参数,从而提高了所开发工具链的可信度。

(c)Ultimately, the sensitivity analysis results will also help to define the inputs and parameters whose uncertainty characterization needs particular attention to characterize the uncertainty of the simulation results.
(c) 最终,敏感性分析结果还将有助于确定需要特别注意不确定性表征的输入和参数,以表征模拟结果的不确定性。

3.6.5.Validation
3.6.5. 验证

3.6.5.1.The quantitative process of determining the degree to which a model or a simulation is an accurate representation of the real world from the perspective of the intended uses of the M&S. It is recommended that the following items be considered when assessing the validity of a model or simulation:
3.6.5.1. 从 M&S 的预期用途的角度确定模型或模拟在多大程度上准确表示现实世界的定量过程。建议在评估模型或模拟的有效性时考虑以下事项:

3.6.5.2.Measures of Performance (metrics)
3.6.5.2. 绩效衡量标准(指标)

(a)The Measures of Performance are metrics that are used to compare the DCAS’s performance within a virtual test with its performance in the real world. The Measures of Performance are defined during the M&S analysis.
(a) 绩效衡量标准是用于将 DCAS 在虚拟测试中的表现与其在现实世界中的表现进行比较的指标。绩效衡量标准是在 M&S 分析期间定义的。

(b)Metrics for validation may include:
(b) 验证指标可包括:

(i)Discrete value analysis e.g. detection rate, firing rate;
(i) 离散值分析,例如检测率、发射率;

(ii)Time evolution e.g. positions, speeds, acceleration;
(ii) 时间演变,例如位置、速度、加速度;

(iii)Analysis of state changes e.g. distance/speed calculations, TTC calculation, brake initiation.
(iii) 状态变化分析,例如距离/速度计算、TTC 计算、制动启动。

3.6.5.3.Goodness of Fit measures
3.6.5.3. 拟合优度度量

(a)The analytical frameworks used to compare real world and simulation metrics are generally derived as Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) indicating the statistical comparability between two sets of data.
(a) 用于比较真实世界和模拟指标的分析框架一般被推导出为关键绩效指标,表明两组数据之间的统计可比性。

(b)The validation should show that these KPIs are met.
(b) 核查应表明这些关键绩效指标得到满足。

3.6.5.4.Validation methodology
3.6.5.4. 验证方法

(a)The manufacturer should define the logical scenarios used for virtual testing toolchain validation. They should be able to cover, to the maximum possible extent, the system boundaries of virtual testing for DCAS validation.
(a) 制造商应定义用于虚拟测试工具链验证的逻辑场景。它们应该能够最大限度地覆盖用于 DCAS 验证的虚拟测试的系统边界。

(b)The exact methodology depends on the structure and purpose of the toolchain. The validation may consist of one or more of the following:
(b) 确切的方法取决于工具链的结构和目的。验证可能包括以下一项或多项:

(i)Validate subsystem models e.g. environment model (road network, weather conditions, road user interaction), sensor models (Radio Detection And Ranging (RADAR), Light Detection And Ranging (LiDARs), Camera), vehicle model (steering, braking, powertrain);
(i) 验证子系统模型,例如环境模型(道路网络、天气状况、道路使用者互动)、传感器模型(无线电探测和测距(雷达)、光探测和测距(LiDAR)、摄像头)、车辆模型(转向、制动、动力总成);

(ii)Validate vehicle system (vehicle dynamics model together with the environment model);
(ii) 验证车辆系统(车辆动力学模型和环境模型);

(iii)Validate sensor system (sensor model together with the environment model);
(iii) 验证传感器系统(传感器模型和环境模型);

(iv)Validate integrated system (sensor model + environment model with influences form vehicle model).
(iv) 验证集成系统(传感器模型 + 影响车辆模型的环境模型)。

3.6.5.5.Accuracy requirement
3.6.5.5. 精度要求

3.6.5.5.1.Requirement for the correlation threshold is defined during the M&S analysis. The validation should show that these KPIs are met e.g., using the correlation methodologies.
3.6.5.5.1. 在 M&S 分析期间定义相关阈值的要求。验证应表明这些 KPI 已得到满足,例如,使用相关方法

3.6.5.6.Validation scope (what part of the toolchain to be validated)
3.6.5.6. 验证范围(要验证工具链的哪一部分)

3.6.5.6.1.A toolchain consists of multiple tools, and each tool will use several models. The validation scope includes all tools and their relevant models.
3.6.5.6.1. 一个工具链由多个工具组成,每个工具将使用多个模型 。验证范围包括所有工具及其相关模型

3.6.5.7.Internal validation results
3.6.5.7. 内部验证结果

(a)The documentation should not only provide evidence of the M&S validation but also should provide sufficient information related to the processes and products that demonstrate the overall credibility of the toolchain used.
(a) 文件不仅应提供 M&S 验证的证据,还应提供与工艺和产品相关的充分信息,以证明所用工具链的整体可信度。

(b)Documentation/results may be carried over from previous credibility assessments.
(b) 文件/结果可从以前的信誉评估中继承。

3.6.5.8.Independent Validation of Results
3.6.5.8. 结果的独立验证

3.6.5.8.1.The assessor should audit the documentation provided by the manufacturer and may carry out tests of the complete integrated tool. If the output of the virtual tests does not sufficiently replicate the output of physical tests, the assessor may request that the virtual and/or physical tests to be repeated. The outcome of the tests will be reviewed and any deviation in the results should be reviewed with the manufacturer. Sufficient explanation is required to justify why the test configuration caused deviation in results.
3.6.5.8.1. 评估员应审核制造商提供的文件,并可以对完整的集成工具进行测试。如果虚拟测试的输出不能充分复制物理测试的输出,评估员可以要求重复虚拟和/或物理测试。将审查测试结果,结果的任何偏差都应与制造商进行审查。需要充分的解释来证明测试配置导致结果偏差的原因。

3.6.5.9.Uncertainty characterisation
3.6.5.9. 不确定性表征

3.6.5.9.1.This section is concerned with characterizing the expected variability of the virtual toolchain results. The assessment should be made up of two phases. In a first phase the information collected from the “M&S Analysis and Description” section and the “Data/Input Pedigree” are used to characterise the uncertainty in the input data, in the model parameters and in the modelling structure. Then, by propagating all of the uncertainties through the virtual toolchain, the uncertainty of the model results is quantified. Depending on the uncertainty of the model results, proper safety margins will need to be introduced by the DCAS manufacturer in the use of virtual testing as part of the DCAS validation.
3.6.5.9.1. 本节涉及表征虚拟工具链结果的预期可变性。评估应分为两个阶段。在第一阶段,从“M&S 分析和描述”部分和“数据/输入谱系”收集的信息用于表征输入数据、模型参数和建模结构中的不确定性。然后,通过虚拟工具链传播所有不确定性,量化模型结果的不确定性。根据模型结果的不确定性,DCAS 制造商需要在使用虚拟测试作为 DCAS 验证的一部分时引入适当的安全裕度。

3.6.5.9.2.Characterization of the uncertainty in the input data
3.6.5.9.2. 输入数据中不确定性的表征

The DCAS manufacturer should demonstrate they have estimated the model’s critical inputs by means of robust techniques such as providing multiple repetitions for their assessment;
DCAS 制造商应证明他们已经通过强大的技术估计了模型的关键输入,例如为他们的评估提供多次重复;

3.6.5.9.3.Characterization of the uncertainty in the model parameters (following calibration).
3.6.5.9.3. 模型参数不确定性的表征(校准后)。

The manufacturer should demonstrate that when a model’s critical parameters cannot be fully determined they are characterized by means of a distribution and/or confidence intervals;
制造商应证明,当模型的关键参数无法完全确定时,它们通过分布和/或置信区间来表征;

3.6.5.9.4.Characterization of the uncertainty in the M&S structure
3.6.5.9.4. M&S 结构中不确定性的表征

The manufacturer should provide evidence that the modelling assumptions are given a quantitative characterization by assessing the generated uncertainty (e.g. comparing the output of different modelling approaches whenever possible).);
制造商应提供证据,证明通过评估产生的不确定性(例如, 尽可能比较不同建模方法的输出)来定量表征建模假设。

3.6.5.9.5.Characterization of aleatory vs. epistemic uncertainty
3.6.5.9.5. 偶然不确定性与认识不确定性的表征

The manufacturer should aim to distinguish between the aleatory component of the uncertainty (which can only be estimated but not reduced) and the epistemic uncertainty deriving from the lack of knowledge in the virtualization of the process.
制造商应致力于区分不确定性的偶然成分(只能估计而不能减少)和由于缺乏过程虚拟化知识而产生的认识不确定性。

4.Documentation structure
4. 文档结构

4.1.This section will define how the aforementioned information will be collected and organized in the documentation provided by the manufacturer to the relevant authority.
4.1. 本节将定义如何在制造商提供给相关当局的文件中收集和组织上述信息。

(a)The manufacturer should produce a document (a “simulation handbook”) structured using this outline to provide evidence for the topics presented;
(a) 制造商应出示一份文件(“模拟手册”),该文件以本大纲为所提出的主题提供证据;

(b)The documentation should be delivered together with the corresponding release of the toolchain and appropriate supporting data;
(b) 文件应与工具链的相应版本和适当的支持数据一起交付;

(c)The manufacturer should provide clear reference that allows tracing the documentation to the corresponding parts of the toolchain and the data;
(c) 制造商应提供明确的参考资料,以便将文件追溯到工具链的相应部分和数据;

(d)The documentation should be maintained throughout the whole lifecycle of the toolchain utilization. The assessor may audit the manufacturer through assessment of their documentation and/or by conducting physical tests.
(d) 文件应在工具链使用的整个生命周期中得到维护。评估员可以通过评估制造商的文件和/或进行物理测试来审核制造商。

  1. Roy, C. J. (2005). Review of code and solution verification procedures for computational simulation. Journal of Computational Physics205(1), 131-156.
    罗伊,CJ (2005)。计算仿真的代码和解验证程序的审查。  计算物理学报 , 205(1), 131-156。